Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001142488
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
NEVADA
Year of Incorporation
1996
CIK
0001142488
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
SERVICES-MOTION PICTURE & VIDEO TAPE PRODUCTION
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
93-1221399
Total number of full-time employees
1
Total number of part-time employees
4

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
2375 E. Tropicana Avenue
Address 2
Suite 8-259
City
LAS VEGAS
State/Country
NEVADA
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
89119
Phone
877-807-8880

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
John E. Lux, Esq.
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 2852.00
Investment Securities
$ 0.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 88425.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 0.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 1070255.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 527493.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 0.00
Total Liabilities
$ 997178.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ 73077.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 1070255.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 0.00
Net Income
$ -61267.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ -0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ -0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Common Stock
Common Equity Units Outstanding
264780133
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
378987101
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
OTCMarkets, Pink Open Market

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
Convertible Preferred Series B
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
3990314
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000n/a
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
n/a

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
Convertible Preferred Series C
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
6500000
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000n/a
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
n/a

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
none
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000n/a
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
n/a

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
375000000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
264780133

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 0.0080
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 3000000.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 3000000.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Underwriters - Fees
$
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
Sales Commissions - Fee
$
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Audit - Fees
$
Legal - Name of Service Provider
John E. Lux, Esq.
Legal - Fees
$ 15000.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
Various
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$ 2500.00
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$ 2982500.00
Clarification of responses (if necessary)

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
COLORADO
NEW YORK

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
Global Entertainment Holdings Inc.
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
Common Stock
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
34321704
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
293805
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption
Rule 144, Section 4(2)

Table of Contents

 

PART II — INFORMATION REQUIRED IN OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

An Offering Statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the Offering Statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the Offering Statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

 

Preliminary Offering Circular

 

Subject to Completion, Dated August __, 2019

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, Nevada 89119

 

375,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), is offering a maximum of 375,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Offered Shares”), par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), on a “best efforts” basis. The maximum offering amount (“Maximum Offering Amount”) is $3,000,000. The fixed initial public offering price per share will be $0.008 per share.

 

    Number of
Shares
    Price to
Public
    Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
    Proceeds Before
Expenses to
Company
Per Share           $ 0.008       0     $0.008
Total Maximum     375,000,000               0     $3,000,000

 

(1) In computing the minimum and maximum number of shares of Common Stock offered by the Company, we assumed an initial public offering price of $0.008 per share of Common Stock.
(2) We are offering Nevada shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.001 ("Common Stock") at an offering price of $0.008 per share for Nevada shares (the "Offered Shares").
(3) This is a “best efforts” offering. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds. See “How to Subscribe.”
(4) We are offering these securities without an underwriter.
(5) Excludes estimated total offering expenses, including underwriting discount and commissions, will be approximately $300,000 assuming the maximum offering amount is sold.

 

THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

These securities are speculative securities. Investment in the Company’s stock involves significant risk. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See the “Risk Factors” section on page 6 of this Offering Circular.

 

We expect to commence the proposed sale to the public when the offering is qualified by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

The date of this Offering Circular is August __, 2019.

 

 

     

 

 

This Offering Circular uses the Offering Circular format.

 

This is the initial public offering of securities of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation. We are offering Nevada shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.001 ("Common Stock") at an offering price of $0.008 per share.

 

This offering will terminate on twelve months from the day the Offering is qualified, subject to extension for up to thirty (30) days as defined below or the date on which the maximum offering amount is sold (such earlier date, the "Termination Date"). If, on the initial closing date, we have sold less than the maximum number of Offered Shares, then we will hold one or more additional closings for additional sales, until the earlier of: (i) the sale of the maximum number of Offered Shares or (ii) the Termination Date. The minimum purchase requirement per investor is 100,000 Offered Shares at $0.008 ($800); however, we can waive the minimum purchase requirement on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion.

 

The United States Securities and Exchange Commission does not pass upon the merits of or give its approval to any securities offered or the terms of the offering, nor does it pass upon the accuracy or completeness of any offering circular or other solicitation materials. These securities are offered pursuant to an exemption from registration with the Commission; however, the Commission has not made an independent determination that the securities offered are exempt from registration.

 

Continuous Offering

 

Under Rule 251(d)(3) to Regulation A, the following types of continuous or delayed offerings are permitted, among others: (1) securities offered or sold by or on behalf of a person other than the issuer or its subsidiary or a person of which the issuer is a subsidiary; (2) securities issued upon conversion of other outstanding securities; or (3) securities that are part of an offering which commences within two calendar days after the qualification date. These may be offered on a continuous basis and may continue to be offered for a period in excess of 30 days from the date of initial qualification. They may be offered in an amount that, at the time the offering statement is qualified, is reasonably expected to be offered and sold within two years from the initial qualification date. No securities will be offered or sold “at the market.” The supplement will not, in the aggregate, represent any change from the maximum aggregate offering price calculable using the information in the qualified offering statement. This information will be filed no later than two business days following the earlier of the date of determination of such pricing information or the date of first use of the offering circular after qualification.

 

Sale of these shares will commence within two calendar days of the qualification date and it will be a continuous Offering pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)(i)(F).

 

This Offering will be conducted on a “best-efforts” basis, which means our Officers will use their commercially reasonable best efforts in an attempt to offer and sell the Shares. Our Officers will not receive any commission or any other remuneration for these sales. In offering the securities on our behalf, the Officers will rely on the safe harbor from broker-dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sales of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful, prior to registration or qualification under the laws of any such state.

 

Subscriptions are irrevocable and the purchase price is non-refundable as expressly stated in this Offering Circular. The Company, by determination of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may issue the Securities under this Offering for cash, promissory notes, services, and/or other consideration without notice to subscribers. All proceeds received by the Company from subscribers for this Offering will be available for use by the Company upon acceptance of subscriptions for the Securities by the Company.

 

Our Common Stock currently trades on the Pink Open Market under the symbol “GBHL” and the closing price of our Common Stock on August 13, 2019 was $0.0017. Our Common Stock currently trades on a sporadic and limited basis.

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     1  
SUMMARY     2  
RISK FACTORS     6  
DILUTION     21  
USE OF PROCEEDS     22  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     24  
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS     27  
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY     33  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     34  
MANAGEMENT     38  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     42  
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS     43  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     45  
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES     46  
SECURITIES BEING OFFERED     48  
DIVIDEND POLICY        
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE     49  
LEGAL MATTERS   49
EXPERTS     49  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION     50  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1  

 

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

 

In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to "Global Entertainment Holdings", "we", the "Company", "our" and "us" refer to the activities of and the assets and liabilities of the business and operations of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

  i  

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements under "Summary", "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Our Business" and elsewhere in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "anticipate", "believe", "could", "estimate", "expect", "intend", "may", "plan", "potential", "should", "will" and "would" or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

 

· Our lack of a profitable operating history;

 

· The competition that we face;

 

· Our dependence upon external sources for the financing of our operations, particularly given that there are concerns about our ability to continue as a "going concern;"

 

· Our dependence on our officers and directors, who may be difficult to replace;

 

· Our ability to manage our expansion, growth and operating expenses;

 

· Our ability to finance our businesses;

 

· Our ability to promote our businesses;

 

· Our ability to compete and succeed in highly competitive and evolving businesses;

 

· Our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and customer behavior; and

 

· Our ability to protect our intellectual property and to develop, maintain and enhance strong brands.

 

Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained, or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as maybe be required by law, to re-issue this Offering Circular or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements.

 

 

 

  1  

 

 

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Common Stock. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in the company discussed in the "Risk Factors" section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

 

Company Information

 

The Company, sometimes referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” and/or “Global Entertainment Holdings”. We incorporated in Nevada on July 11, 1996.

 

Our offices are located at 2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119. We maintain a website at http://www.global-gbhl.com. Our phone number is 877-807-8880 and our email address is info@globaluniversal.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this Offering Circular.

 

 Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., including its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”, or “GBHL”), is a publicly-held, media entertainment company engaged primarily in the development, production and sales of feature films and other media content. It has relationships with third party distributors for U.S. and international distribution, who conduct both limited pre-sales and post production sales for the Company. It also takes advantage of beneficial production tax incentives offered by state and foreign governments (such as Canada) to both lower its production cost and mitigate its production investment risk.

 

Dividends

 

The Company has not declared or paid a cash dividend to stockholders since it was organized and does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The board of directors presently intends to retain any earnings to finance our operations and does not expect to authorize cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon the Company's earnings, capital requirements and other factors.

 

Trading Market

 

Our Common Stock trades in the OTCMarket Pink Open Market Sheets under the symbol GBHL. The Issuer's securities have not recently been de-listed by any securities exchange. The Issuer filed a Form 15 with the Securities and Exchange Commission de-registering its Common Stock on August 1, 2013.

 

The Offering

 

This is a public offering of securities of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation. We are offering 375,000,000 shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.001 (“Common Stock”) at an offering price of $0.008 per share (the “Offered Shares”). This Offering will terminate on twelve months from the day the Offering is qualified, or the date on which the maximum offering amount is sold (such earlier date, the “Termination Date”). The minimum purchase requirement per investor is 100,000 Offered Shares ($800) based on an offering price of $0.008; however, we can waive the minimum purchase requirement on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion.

 

These securities are speculative securities. Investment in the Company’s stock involves significant risk. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See the “Risk Factors” section on page 5 of this Offering Circular.

 

Our Common Stock currently trades on the Pink Open Market under the symbol “GBHL” and the closing price of our Common Stock on August 13, 2019 was $0.0017. Our Common Stock currently trades on a sporadic and limited basis.

 

 

 

  2  

 

 

We are offering our shares without the use of an exclusive placement agent, however, we may engage various securities brokers to place shares in this offering with investors for commissions of up to 10% of the gross proceeds.

 

We expect to commence the sale of the shares as of the date on which the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular a part is approved by the Attorney General of the state of New York.

 

See “Risk Factors” to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of Common Stock.

 

As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

This Offering will be conducted on a “best-efforts” basis, which means our Officers will use their commercially reasonable best efforts in an attempt to offer and sell the Shares. Our Officers will not receive any commission or any other remuneration for these sales. In offering the securities on our behalf, the Officers will rely on the safe harbor from broker-dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

This Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sales of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful, prior to registration or qualification under the laws of any such state.

 

This offering is being made on a self-underwritten basis without the use of an exclusive placement agent, however, we may engage various securities brokers to place shares in this offering with investors on a commission basis. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

In order to subscribe to purchase the shares, a prospective investor must complete a subscription agreement and send payment by check, wire transfer or ACH. The Company has not currently engaged any party for the public relations or promotion of this offering. As of the date of this filing, there are no additional offers for shares, nor any options, warrants, or other rights for the issuance of additional shares except those described herein.

 

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

 

In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.”, “we”, the “Company”, “our” and “us” refer to the activities of and the assets and liabilities of the business and operations of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Our shares are covered by section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended that imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 jointly with their spouses). For transactions covered by the Rule, the broker/dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase and have received the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Consequently, the Rule may affect the ability of broker/dealers to sell our securities and also may affect your ability to sell your shares in the secondary market.

 

 

 

  3  

 

 

Section 15(g) also imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell penny securities. These rules require a one page summary of certain essential items. The items include the risk of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary marketing; terms important to in understanding of the function of the penny stock market, such as bid and offer quotes, a dealers spread and broker/dealer compensation; the broker/dealer compensation, the broker/dealers’ duties to its customers, including the disclosures required by any other penny stock disclosure rules; the customers’ rights and remedies in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions; and, FINRA’s toll free telephone number and the central number of the North American Administrators Association, for information on the disciplinary history of broker/dealers and their associated persons.

 

Alternative Reporting Standard

 

When SEC registration is not required, companies must generally still make information publicly available pursuant to Federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act and pursuant Rule 144(c)(2) under the Securities Act. OTC Markets Group offers the Alternative Reporting Standard for companies who choose to make material information publicly available to investors.

 

OTCQB companies incorporated in the U.S. that do not report to the SEC, U.S. Banking Regulators or a Qualified Foreign Exchange can follow the Alternative Reporting Standard. These companies provide disclosure pursuant to the Alternative Reporting Standard Disclosure Guidelines for OTCQX and OTCQB. This disclosure is available for investors on otcmarkets.com.

 

OTCQB companies are subject to OTCQB Standards. Companies provide current and potential investors with a set of "material" information to help investors make a sound investment decision. This company disclosure enables an investor to understand the company's business operations and prospects.

 Pink companies that do not report to the SEC, U.S. Banking Regulators or a Qualified Foreign Exchange may publish disclosure in accordance with the OTC Pink Basic Disclosure Guidelines. These requirements are designed to give an investor the basic information a broker-dealer must maintain under Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11 in order to initiate a quote in a security on the Pink markets. The Alternative Reporting Standard is available both to U.S. and to international Pink companies.

 

Issuer:   Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.
     
Business:   Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., including its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”, or “GBHL”), is a publicly-held, media entertainment company engaged primarily in the development, production and sales of feature films and other media content.  It has relationships with third party distributors for U.S. and international distribution, who conduct both limited pre-sales and post production sales for the Company.
     
Securities offered:  

A maximum of 375,000,000 shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.001 (“Common Stock”) at an offering price of $0.008 per share (the “Offered Shares”).

 

 

     
Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding before the Offering:   264,780,133 shares of Common Stock as of June 30, 2019
     
Number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering:   639,780,133 shares of Common Stock, if the maximum amount of Offered Shares are sold. (The Company is increasing its authorized stock to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019.)
     
Price per share:   $0.008
     
Maximum offering amount for the Company:   375,000,000 shares at a price of $0.008.

 

Trading Market:   Our Common Stock trades on the Pink Open Market under the symbol “GBHL.”

  

 

 

  4  

 

 

Use of proceeds:   If we sell all of the shares being offered, our net proceeds (after our estimated offering expenses) will be $2,700,000. We will use these net proceeds for business development and working capital, and other general corporate purposes.
     
Risk factors:  

Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk, including, but not limited to:

 

Speculative nature of our business.

 

Competition.

 

Concerns about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our need for more capital.

 

Risks of competition.

 

Limited market for our stock.

 

Dilution.

 

Use of Forward-Looking Statements

 

Investors are advised to read and pay careful attention to the section on Risk Factors.

  

 

 

 

 

  5  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The following is only a brief summary of the risks involved in investing in our Company. Investment in our Securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to other information contained in this Disclosure Document. The occurrence of any of the following risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this Document, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

The price of our Common Stock may be volatile.

 

 If we are able to get a trading market for our Common Stock, the trading price of our Common Stock is likely to remain highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control or unrelated to our operating performance. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere, these factors include: the operating performance of similar companies; the overall performance of the equity markets; the announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans, or commercial relationships; threatened or actual litigation; changes in laws or regulations relating to our business; any major change in our board of directors or management; publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; large volumes of sales of our shares of Common Stock by existing stockholders; and general political and economic conditions.

 

 In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for developing companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies’ securities This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs; divert our management’s attention and resources; and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

Doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern

 

The Company had a net loss of $200,147 for the year ending December 31, 2018. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $13,225,232 at June 30, 2019. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

The Company is an early stage enterprise and has not commenced planned principal operations. The Company had no revenues to date and minimal capitalization. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

There can be no assurance that sufficient funds required during the next year or thereafter will be generated from operations or that funds will be available from external sources, such as debt or equity financings or other potential sources. The lack of additional capital resulting from the inability to generate cash flow from operations, or to raise capital from external sources would force the Company to substantially curtail or cease operations and would, therefore, have a material adverse effect on its business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any such required funds, if available, will be available on attractive terms or that they will not have a significant dilutive effect on the Company’s existing stockholders.

 

 The Company intends to overcome the circumstances that impact its ability to remain a going concern through a combination of the commencement of revenues, with interim cash flow deficiencies being addressed through additional equity and debt financing. The Company anticipates raising additional funds through public or private financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements in the near future to support its business operations; however, the Company may not have commitments from third parties for a sufficient amount of additional capital. The Company cannot be certain that any such financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and its failure to raise capital when needed could limit its ability to continue its operations. The Company’s ability to obtain additional funding will determine its ability to continue as a going concern. Failure to secure additional financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance, results of operations and stock price and require it to curtail or cease operations, sell off its assets, seek protection from its creditors through bankruptcy proceedings, or otherwise. Furthermore, additional equity financing may be dilutive to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants, and strategic relationships, if necessary to raise additional funds, and may require that the Company relinquish valuable rights. Please see Financial Statements – Note 2. Going Concern for further information.

 

 

 

  6  

 

 

Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition

 

Lack of Profitable Operating History.

 

The Company does not have a history of profitable operation. There is no assurance that the Company will ever be profitable. The Company’s ability to achieve profitability will depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, whether the Company: (1) has funds available for working capital, project development and sales and marketing efforts; (2) has funds for the continuous upgrading of its production operations and facilities; (3) achieves the projected sales revenues; (4) controls the Company’s operating expenses; (5) continues to attract new business; and (6) withstands competition in the Company’s marketplace.

 

Our financial results will fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes them difficult to predict.

 

We expect our quarterly financial results will fluctuate in the future. Additionally, we have a limited operating history with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results. As a result, you should not rely upon our past quarterly financial results as indicators of future performance. You should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets. Our financial results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which we are unable to predict or are outside of our control.

 

The Company’s activities will require additional financing, which may not be obtainable.

 

The Company had limited cash deposits. Based on the Company’s expectations as to future performance, the Company considers these resources and existing and anticipated credit facilities, to be adequate to meet the Company’s anticipated cash and working capital needs at least through June 30, 2020. The Company, however, expects to be able to raise capital to fund the Company’s operations, current and future acquisitions and investment in new program development. The Company may also need to raise additional capital to fund expansion of the Company’s business by way of one or more strategic acquisitions. Unless the Company’s results improve significantly, it is doubtful that the Company will be able to obtain additional capital for any purpose if and when the Company needs it.

 

Our management has a limited experience operating a public company and are subject to the risks commonly encountered by early-stage companies.

 

Although management of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. has experience in operating small companies, current management has not had to manage expansion while being a public company. Many investors may treat us as an early-stage company. In addition, management has not overseen a company with large growth. Because we have a limited operating history, our operating prospects should be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by early-stage companies in rapidly evolving markets. These risks include:

 

  · risks that we may not have sufficient capital to achieve our growth strategy;
  · risks that we may not develop our product and service offerings in a manner that enables us to be profitable and meet our customers’ requirements;
  · risks that our growth strategy may not be successful; and
  · risks that fluctuations in our operating results will be significant relative to our revenues.

 

These risks are described in more detail below. Our future growth will depend substantially on our ability to address these and the other risks described in this section. If we do not successfully address these risks, our business could be significantly harmed.

 

We have limited operational history in an emerging industry, making it difficult to accurately predict and forecast business operations.

 

As we have little or no operational history and have yet to generate revenue, it is extremely difficult to make accurate predictions and forecasts on our finances. This is compounded by the fact that we operate in transforming industries. There is no guarantee that our products or services will remain attractive to potential and current users as these industries undergo rapid change, or that potential customers will utilize our services.

 

 

 

  7  

 

 

As a growing company, we have yet to achieve a profit and may not achieve a profit in the near future, if at all.

 

We have not yet produced a net profit and may not in the near future, if at all. While we expect our revenue to grow, we have not achieved profitability and cannot be certain that we will be able to sustain our growth rate or realize sufficient revenue to achieve profitability. Our ability to continue as a going concern may be dependent upon raising capital from financing transactions, increasing revenue throughout the year and keeping operating expenses below our revenue levels in order to achieve positive cash flows, none of which can be assured.

 

We will require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to update our technology, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we will need to engage in continued equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our Common Stock. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be impaired, and our business may be harmed.

 

We are highly dependent on the services of our key executives, the loss of whom could materially harm our business and our strategic direction. If we lose key management or significant personnel, cannot recruit qualified employees, directors, officers, or other personnel or experience increases in our compensation costs, our business may materially suffer.

 

We are highly dependent on our management, specifically Mr. Gary Rasmussen and Mr. Alan Bailey. As of June 30, 2019, we have Employment Agreements in place with Mr. Rasmussen and Mr. Bailey. If we lose key employees, our business may suffer. Furthermore, our future success will also depend in part on the continued service of our management personnel and our ability to identify, hire, and retain additional key personnel. We do not carry “key-man” life insurance on the lives of any of our executives, employees or advisors. We experience intense competition for qualified personnel and may be unable to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the development of our business. Because of this competition, our compensation costs may increase significantly.

 

We may be unable to manage growth, which may impact our potential profitability.

 

Successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to manage our growth. Growth could place an increasing strain on our management and financial resources. To manage growth effectively, we will need to:

 

  · Establish definitive business strategies, goals and objectives;

 

  · Maintain a system of management controls; and

 

  · Attract and retain qualified personnel, as well as develop, train, and manage management-level and other employees.

  

Attract and retain qualified personnel, as well as develop, train, and manage management-level and other employees.

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, or operating results could be materially harmed, and our stock price may decline.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and if we are unable to compete with our competitors, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competition includes all other companies that are in the business of offering energy and alternative energy solutions. A highly competitive environment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

 

 

  8  

 

 

We may not be able to compete successfully with other established companies offering the same or similar services and, as a result, we may not achieve our projected revenue and user targets.

 

If we are unable to compete successfully with other businesses in our existing market, we may not achieve our projected revenue and/or customer targets. We compete with both start-up and established energy and alternative energy companies. Compared to our business, our competitors may much greater financial and other resources, have been in business longer, have greater name recognition and be better established in our markets.

 

We expect to incur substantial expenses to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. In addition, failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting and could harm our ability to manage our expenses.

 

We estimate that it will cost approximately $50,000 annually to maintain the proper management and financial controls for our filings required as a public reporting company. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our stock price and adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

 

 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and Offering

 

If we are able to develop a market for our Common Stock, our Common Stock may be thinly traded, so you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to sell your shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares.

 

If we are able to develop a market for our Common Stock, it may be thinly traded on the OTC Market, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our shares at, or near ask prices at any given time, may be relatively small or non- existent. This situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer, which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common shares will develop or be sustained, or that current trading levels will be sustained.

 

The market price for the Common Stock may be particularly volatile given our status as a relatively unknown company with a small and thinly traded public float, limited operating history, and lack of revenue, which could lead to wide fluctuations in our share price. The price at which you purchase our shares may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market. You may be unable to sell your Common Shares at or above your purchase price, which may result in substantial losses to you.

 

The market for our shares of Common Stock may be characterized by significant price volatility when compared to seasoned issuers, and we expect that our share price will continue to be more volatile than a seasoned issuer for the indefinite future. The volatility in our share price is attributable to a number of factors. First, as noted above, our shares may be sporadically traded. As a consequence of this lack of liquidity, the trading of relatively small quantities of shares may disproportionately influence the price of those shares in either direction. The price for our shares could, for example, decline precipitously in the event that a large number of our shares is sold on the market without commensurate demand, as compared to a seasoned issuer which could better absorb those sales without adverse impact on its share price. Secondly, we are a speculative investment due to, among other matters, our limited operating history and lack of revenue or profit to date, and the uncertainty of future market acceptance for our potential products. As a consequence of this enhanced risk, more risk-averse investors may, under the fear of losing all or most of their investment in the event of negative news or lack of progress, be more inclined to sell their shares on the market more quickly and at greater discounts than would be the case with the securities of a seasoned issuer. The following factors may add to the volatility in the price of our shares: actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly or annual operating results; government regulations, announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures; our capital commitments and additions or departures of our key personnel. Many of these factors are beyond our control and may decrease the market price of our shares regardless of our operating performance. We cannot make any predictions or projections as to what the prevailing market price for our shares will be at any time, including as to whether our shares will sustain their current market prices, or as to what effect the sale of shares or the availability of shares for sale at any time will have on the prevailing market price.

 

 

 

  9  

 

 

Shareholders should be aware that, according to SEC Release No. 34-29093, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (1) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (2) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (3) boiler room practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (4) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differential and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (5) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, along with the resulting inevitable collapse of those prices and with consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities. The possible occurrence of these patterns or practices could increase the volatility of our share price.

 

The market price of our Common Stock may be volatile and adversely affected by several factors.

 

The market price of our Common Stock could fluctuate significantly in response to various factors and events, including, but not limited to:

 

  · our ability to market our products and services;

 

  · our ability to execute our business plan;

 

  · operating results below expectations;

 

  · our issuance of additional securities, including debt or equity or a combination thereof;

 

  · announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

 

  · loss of any strategic relationship;

 

  · industry developments, including, without limitation, changes in healthcare policies or practices;

 

  · economic and other external factors;

 

  · period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results; and

 

  · whether an active trading market in our Common Stock develops and is maintained.

 

In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. Issuers using the Alternative Reporting standard for filing financial reports with OTC Markets are often subject to large volatility unrelated to the fundamentals of the company.

 

We will be subject to the Alternative Reporting Standard

 

When SEC registration is not required, companies must generally still make information publicly available pursuant to Federal securities laws, including Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act and pursuant Rule 144(c)(2) under the Securities Act. OTC Markets Group offers the Alternative Reporting Standard for companies who choose to make material information publicly available to investors.

 

OTCQB companies incorporated in the U.S. that do not report to the SEC, U.S. Banking Regulators or a Qualified Foreign Exchange can follow the Alternative Reporting Standard. These companies provide disclosure pursuant to the Alternative Reporting Standard Disclosure Guidelines for OTCQX and OTCQB. This disclosure is available for investors on otcmarkets.com.

 

OTCQB companies are subject to OTCQB Standards. Companies provide current and potential investors with a set of "material" information to help investors make a sound investment decision. This company disclosure enables an investor to understand the company's business operations and prospects.

 

 

 

  10  

 

 

Pink companies that do not report to the SEC, U.S. Banking Regulators or a Qualified Foreign Exchange may publish disclosure in accordance with the OTC Pink Basic Disclosure Guidelines. These requirements are designed to give an investor the basic information a broker-dealer must maintain under Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11 in order to initiate a quote in a security on the Pink markets. The Alternative Reporting Standard is available both to U.S. and to international Pink companies.

 

We do not expect to pay dividends in the future; any return on investment may be limited to the value of our Common Stock.

 

We do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our Common Stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting it at such time as the board of directors may consider relevant. Our current intention is to apply net earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future to increasing our capital base and development and marketing efforts. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever have sufficient earnings to declare and pay dividends to the holders of our Common Stock, and in any event, a decision to declare and pay dividends is at the sole discretion of our board of directors. If we do not pay dividends, our Common Stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if its stock price appreciates.

 

Our issuance of additional shares of Common Stock, or options or warrants to purchase those shares, would dilute your proportionate ownership and voting rights.

 

We are entitled under our articles of incorporation to issue up to 470,000,000 shares of common stock. On July 19, 2019, the Company’s directors authorized by Board Resolution and, on July 31, 2019, the majority of shareholders entitled to vote approved by written consent, an amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase to the authorized share capital from 470 million common and 30 million preferred shares, to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019. The purpose for this increase is to enable the Company to secure additional equity financing needed to complete the development of and marketing and promotional expenses to launch the “You’ve Got The Part” web platform and related mobile Apps. Therefore, on August 1, 2019, the Company’s officers filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Nevada to effect said increase in its authorized capital stock as described above. The Certificate of Amendment is expected to be finalized by the State of Nevada within ten days. Additionally, the par value of the Company’s capital stock, which was $ 0.001 per share, was lowered to $0.0001 per share. We have issued and outstanding, 264,780,133 shares of Common Stock as of June 30, 2019.

 

In addition, we are entitled under our Articles of Incorporation to issue up to 30,000,000 “blank check” preferred stock. Our board may generally issue shares of common stock, preferred stock, options, or warrants to purchase those shares, without further approval by our shareholders based upon such factors as our board of directors may deem relevant at that time. It is likely that we will be required to issue a large amount of additional securities to raise capital to further our development. It is also likely that we will issue a large amount of additional securities to directors, officers, employees and consultants as compensatory grants in connection with their services, both in the form of stand-alone grants or under our stock plans. We cannot give you any assurance that we will not issue additional shares of common stock, or options or warrants to purchase those shares, under circumstances we may deem appropriate at the time.

 

The elimination of monetary liability against our directors, officers and employees and the existence of indemnification rights to our directors, officers and employees may result in substantial expenditures by our company and may discourage lawsuits against our directors, officers and employees.

 

We have contractual indemnification obligations under our agreements with our directors, officers and employees. The foregoing indemnification obligations could result in our company incurring substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against directors, officers and employees that we may be unable to recoup. These provisions and resulting costs may also discourage our company from bringing a lawsuit against directors, officers and employees for breaches of their fiduciary duties, and may similarly discourage the filing of derivative litigation by our shareholders against our directors, officers and employees even though such actions, if successful, might otherwise benefit our company and shareholders.

 

We may become involved in securities litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

 

The stock market in general, and the shares of early stage companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies involved. If these fluctuations occur in the future, the market price of our shares could fall regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities action litigation has often been brought against that company. If the market price or volume of our shares suffers extreme fluctuations, then we may become involved in this type of litigation, which would be expensive and divert management’s attention and resources from managing our business.

 

As a public company, we may also from time to time make forward-looking statements about future operating results and provide some financial guidance to the public markets. Our management has limited experience as a management team in a public company and as a result, projections may not be made timely or set at expected performance levels and could materially affect the price of our shares. Any failure to meet published forward-looking statements that adversely affect the stock price could result in losses to investors, stockholder lawsuits or other litigation, sanctions or restrictions issued by the SEC.

 

 

 

  11  

 

 

Our Common Stock will be deemed a “penny stock,” which will make it more difficult for our investors to sell their shares.

 

The SEC has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, and the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

 

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person and make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

 

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination, and that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

 

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our Common Stock if and when such shares are eligible for sale and may cause a decline in the market value of its stock.

 

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading, and about the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities, and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.

 

As an issuer of a “penny stock,” the protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward-looking statements does not apply to us.

 

Although federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to issuers of penny stocks. As a result, we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any legal action based upon a claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading. Such an action could hurt our financial condition.

 

As an issuer not required to make reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, holders of restricted shares may not be able to sell shares into the open market as Rule 144 exemptions may not apply.

 

Under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, holders of restricted shares may avail themselves of certain exemptions from registration if the holder and the issuer meet certain requirements. As a company that is not required to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, referred to as a non-reporting company, we may not, in the future, meet the requirements for an issuer under 144 that would allow a holder to qualify for Rule 144 exemptions. In such an event, holders of restricted stock would have to utilize another exemption from registration or rely on a registration statement to be filed by the Company registering the restricted stock. Although the Company currently plans to file either a Form 10 or S-1 with the Commission upon the conclusion of the Regulation A offering, there can be no guarantee that the Company will be able to fulfill one of these registration statements, which could have an adverse effect on our shareholders.

 

Securities analysts may elect not to report on our Common Stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.

 

At this time, no securities analysts provide research coverage of our Common Stock, and securities analysts may not elect to provide such coverage in the future. It may remain difficult for our company, with its small market capitalization, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our Common Stock. If securities analysts do not cover our Common Stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect the stock’s actual and potential market price. The trading market for our Common Stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts elect to cover our company and then downgrade the stock, the stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which, in turn, could cause our stock price to decline. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our Common Stock.

 

 

 

  12  

 

 

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” as well as a “smaller reporting company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our Common Stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably opted out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company.” Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies,” “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as an “emerging growth company” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

 

Because directors and officers currently and for the foreseeable future will continue to control our Company, it is not likely that you will be able to elect directors or have any say in the policies of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

Our shareholders are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Consequently, the election of directors and all other matters requiring shareholder approval will be decided by majority vote. The directors, officers and affiliates of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. beneficially own approximately a majority of our outstanding Common Stock voting rights. Due to such significant ownership position held by our insiders, new investors may not be able to affect a change in our business or management, and therefore, shareholders would have no recourse as a result of decisions made by management.

 

In addition, sales of significant amounts of shares held by our directors, officers or affiliates, or the prospect of these sales, could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. Management’s stock ownership may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

 

The Company’s ability to operate and compete effectively requires that the Company hires and retain skilled marketing and technical personnel, who have been in short supply from time to time and may be unavailable to us when the Company needs them.

 

The Company’s business requires us to be able to continuously attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled employees, particularly marketing and other senior management personnel. The Company’s failure to attract and retain the highly trained personnel who are integral to the Company’s sales, development and distribution processes may limit the rate at which the Company can generate sales. The Company’s inability to attract and retain the individuals the Company needs could adversely impact the Company’s business and its ability to achieve profitability.

 

 

 

  13  

 

 

The Company may suffer from a business interruption and continuity of its ongoing operations might be affected.

 

The Company’s ability to implement its business plans may be adversely affected by any business interruption that will affect the continuity of its operations. While the Company may take reasonable steps to protect itself, there could be interruptions from computer viruses, server attacks, network or production failures and other potential interruptions that would be beyond the Company’s reasonable control. There can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts will prevent all such interruptions. Any of the foregoing events may result in an interruption of services and a breach of the Company’s obligations to its clients and customers or otherwise have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company.

 

Macro-economic factors may impede business, access to finance or may increase the cost of finance or other operational costs of the Company.

 

Changes in the United States and global financial and equity markets, including market disruptions, interest rate fluctuations, or inflation changes, may make it more difficult for the Company to obtain financing for its operations or investments or increase the cost of obtaining financing. In the event that the Company is delayed in attaining its projections, borrowing costs can be affected by short and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent ratings agencies which are based, in significant part, on the Company’s performance as measured by credit metrics such as interest coverage and leverage ratios. Decrease in these ratios or debt ratings would increase the Company’s cost of borrowings and make it more difficult to obtain financing.

 

If we fail to add new users, our revenue, financial results, and business may be significantly harmed.

 

The size of our user base and our users’ level of engagement are critical to our success.

 

At present, we plan to start operations. To the extent we cannot attract users or advertisers, our business performance will suffer.

 

We are dependent on our ability to attract projects that appeal to prospective users.

 

There is no guarantee that we will not an similar erosion of our active user base.

 

A decrease in user retention, growth, or engagement could render us less attractive to advertisers, which may have a material and adverse impact on our revenue, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Any number of factors could potentially negatively affect user retention, growth, and engagement, including if:

 

  users increasingly engage with competing products;

 

  there are changes in user sentiment about the quality or usefulness of our products or concerns related to privacy and sharing, safety, security, or other factors;

 

  we fail to provide adequate customer service to users, developers, or advertisers;

 

    our current or future products, such as the Facebook Platform, reduce user activity on Facebook by making it easier for our users to interact and share on third-party websites.

 

If we are unable to maintain and increase our user base and user engagement, our revenue, financial results, and future growth potential may be adversely affected.

 

We hope to generate a substantial majority of our revenue from advertising. The loss of advertisers, or reduction in spending by advertisers, could seriously harm our business.

 

User fees and advertising are key to our business model. Our users and advertisers may not have long-term commitments with us.

 

 

 

  14  

 

 

We may not be successful in our efforts to grow and further monetize our platform.

 

We will engage in developing our YGTP platform, which is not operating now. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting users, in getting users to attract others, and in getting advertisers. If we are not successful in monetizing our platform, this will have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

 

We face significant competition in almost every aspect of our business, including from companies such as L.A Casting. Actors Access. Backstage, and Now Casting, which offer a variety of Internet products, services, content, and online advertising offerings,

 

Some of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater resources and better competitive positions in certain markets than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to respond more effectively than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in market requirements. Our competitors may develop products, features, or services that are similar to ours or that achieve greater market acceptance, may undertake more far-reaching and successful product development efforts or marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing policies.

 

We believe that our ability to compete effectively depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

 

If we are not able to effectively compete, our user base and level of user engagement may decrease, which could make us less attractive to developers and advertisers and materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

 

Other companies may seek to copy our business model.

 

If we are successful, we can expect that other companies will seek to copy our business model. The barriers to entering our market with a similar service are not substantial. Thus we can expect that we will experience more competition.

 

Our new products could fail to attract or retain users or generate revenue.

 

Our ability to attract, retain, increase, and engage our user base and to increase our revenue will depend heavily on

 

We intend to a new and unproven service, If our new service fails to engage users or advertisers, we may fail to attract or retain users or to generate sufficient revenue, operating margin, or other value to justify our investments, and our business may be adversely affected.

 

In the future, we may invest in new services and initiatives to generate revenue, but there is no guarantee these approaches will be successful. If we are not successful with new approaches to monetization, we may not be able to maintain or grow our revenue as anticipated or recover any associated development costs, and our financial results could be adversely affected.

  

If we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, or if events occur that damage our reputation and brand, our ability to expand our base of users, developers, and advertisers may be impaired, and our business and financial results may be harmed.

 

We need to develop a new brand. Maintaining and enhancing our brand is critical to expanding our base of users and advertisers. Many of our new users may be referred by existing users, and therefore we will strive to ensure that our users remain favorably inclined towards us.

 

We may introduce new services or terms of service that users do not like, which may negatively affect our brand.

 

We also may fail to provide adequate customer service, which could erode confidence in our brand. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business and financial results may be adversely affected.

 

 

 

  15  

 

 

Improper access to or disclosure of our users’ information could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

Our efforts to protect the information that our users have chosen to share may be unsuccessful due to the actions of third parties, software bugs or other technical malfunctions, employee error or malfeasance, or other factors. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or users to disclose information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ data. If any of these events occur, our users’ information could be accessed or disclosed improperly. Action against us in connection with such incidents, which could cause us to incur significant expense and liability or result in orders or consent decrees forcing us to modify our business practices. Any of these events could have a material and adverse effect on our business, reputation, or financial results.

 

Unfavorable media coverage could negatively affect our business.

 

We hope to receive a high degree of media coverage. Unfavorable publicity could adversely affect our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement, and loyalty of our user base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished, and our business may be adversely affected.

 

We rely and expect to continue to rely on a combination of confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, as well as trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret, and domain name protection laws, to protect our proprietary rights. In the United States we will file various applications for protection of certain aspects of our intellectual property, and we currently hold a number of issued patents in multiple jurisdictions. However, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe our proprietary rights, third parties may challenge proprietary rights held by us, and pending and future trademark and patent applications may not be approved. Although we have taken measures to protect our proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that others will not offer products or concepts that are substantially similar to ours and compete with our business.

 

Our costs may grow more quickly than our revenue, harming our business and profitability.

 

Providing our services to our users is costly and we expect our expenses to continue to increase in the future as we broaden our user base, as users increase the number of connections and amount of data they share with us, as we develop and implement new product features that require more computing infrastructure, and as we hire  additional employees.

 

Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain and scale our technical infrastructure, and any significant disruption in our service could damage our reputation, result in a potential loss of users and engagement, and adversely affect our financial results.

 

Our reputation and ability to attract, retain, and serve our users is dependent upon the reliable performance of our website and our underlying technical infrastructure. Our systems may not be adequately designed with the necessary reliability and redundancy to avoid performance delays or outages that could be harmful to our business.

 

If we are unavailable when users attempt to access us, or if a page does not load as quickly as they expect, users may not return to our website as often in the future, or at all. We may need an increasing amount of technical infrastructure, including network capacity, and computing power, to continue to satisfy the needs of our users. It is possible that we may fail to effectively scale and grow our technical infrastructure to accommodate these increased demands. In addition, our business is subject to interruptions, delays, or failures resulting from earthquakes, other natural disasters, terrorism, or other catastrophic events.

 

A substantial portion of our network infrastructure is provided by third parties. Any disruption or failure in the services we receive from these providers could harm our ability to handle existing or increased traffic and could significantly harm our business. Any financial or other difficulties these providers face may adversely affect our business, and we exercise little control over these providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide.

 

 

  16  

 

 

We cannot assure you that we will effectively manage our growth.

 

The growth and expansion of our business and products create significant challenges for our management, operational, and financial resources, including managing multiple relations with users, advertisers, Platform developers, and other third parties. In the event of continued growth of our operations or in the number of our third-party relationships, our information technology systems or our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. In addition, some members of our management do not have significant experience managing a large global business operation, so our management may not be able to manage such growth effectively. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operational, financial, and management processes and systems and to effectively expand, train, and manage our employee base. As our organization continues to grow, and we are required to implement more complex organizational management structures, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the benefits of our corporate culture, including our ability to quickly develop and launch new and innovative products. This could negatively affect our business performance.

 

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and phishing attacks, and spamming could harm our business and results of operations.

 

Computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking and phishing attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the future.

 

Though it is difficult to determine what, if any, harm may directly result from any specific interruption or attack, any failure to maintain performance, reliability, security, and availability of our products and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our users may harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing users and attract new users.

 

Because of our new business model, we have not proven our ability to generate profit, and any investment in the Company is risky.

 

We have very little meaningful operating history, so it will be difficult for you to evaluate an investment in our stock. We have not sold any of our products to date. Our auditors have expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We cannot assure that we will ever be profitable. Since we have not proven the essential elements of profitable operations, you will be furnishing venture capital to us and will bear the risk of complete loss of your investment in the event we are not successful.

 

We may be unsuccessful in monitoring new trends.

 

Our net revenue might decrease with time. Consequently, our future success depends on our ability to identify and monitor trends and the development of new markets. To establish market acceptance of new technologies, we will dedicate significant resources to research and development, production and sales and marketing. We will incur significant costs in developing, commissioning and selling new products, which often significantly precede meaningful revenues from its sale. Consequently, new business can require significant time and investment to achieve profitability. Prospective investors should note, however, that there can be no assurance that our efforts to introduce new products or other services will be successful or profitable.

 

We may face distribution and product risks.

 

Our future financial results depend in large part on our ability to develop relationships with our customers. Any disruption in our relationships with our future customers could adversely affect our financial performance.

 

We may face claims of infringement on intellectual property rights.

 

Other parties may assert claims of ownership or infringement or assert a right to payment with respect to the exploitation of certain intellectual properties against us. In many cases, the rights owned or being acquired by us are limited in scope, do not extend to exploitation in all present or future uses or in perpetuity. We cannot assure you that we will prevail in any of these claims. In addition, our ability to demonstrate, maintain or enforce these rights may be difficult. The inability to demonstrate or difficulty in demonstrating our ownership or license rights in these technologies may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue from or use of these intellectual property rights.

 

 

 

  17  

 

 

If our operating costs exceed our estimates, it may impact our ability to continue operations.

 

We believe we have accurately estimated our needs for the next twelve months. It is possible that we may need to purchase additional equipment, hire additional personnel, and further develop new business ventures, or that our operating costs will be higher than estimated. If this happens, it may impact our ability to generate revenue and we would need to seek additional funding. We intend to establish our initial client base via existing relationships that our directors and officers have established in past business relationships. Should these relationships not generate the anticipated volume of business, any unanticipated costs would diminish our working capital.

 

We are subject to risks caused by the availability and cost of insurance.

 

Changing conditions in the insurance industry have affected most areas of corporate insurance. These changes have in the past and may in the future result in higher premium costs, higher deductibles and lower insurance coverage limits. Due to these factors, we have elected to self-insure certain risks.

 

 

Risks Related to this Offering

 

There has been a limited public market for our Common Stock prior to this Offering, and an active market in which investors can resell their shares may not develop.

 

Prior to this Offering, there has been a limited public market for our Common Stock. We cannot predict the extent to which an active market for our Common Stock will develop or be sustained after this Offering, or how the development of such a market might affect the market price of our Common Stock. The initial offering price of our Common Stock in this Offering will be agreed between us and the underwriters based on a number of factors, including market conditions in effect at the time of the Offering, and it may not be in any way indicative of the price at which our shares will trade following the completion of this Offering. Investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price.

 

Investors in this Offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

If all of the shares offered are sold at the maximum offering price, investors in this Offering will own 58.9% of the then outstanding shares of our Common Stock and will experience a dilution of $0.0037 per share. See “Dilution.”

 

Our financial statements are unaudited.

 

Management has prepared the Company’s financial statements. These statements have not been audited.

 

Because we do not have an audit or compensation committee, shareholders will have to rely on our directors, none of whom is independent, to perform these functions.

 

We do not have any audit or compensation committee. The Board of Directors performs these functions as a whole. No one member of the Board of Directors is an independent director. Thus, there is a potential conflict in that board members who are also part of management will participate in discussions concerning management compensation and audit issues that may affect management decisions.

 

Because we lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and our Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company’s financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.

 

We lack certain internal controls over financial reporting in that we do not have an audit committee and our Board of Directors has no technical knowledge of U.S. GAAP and internal control of financial reporting and relies upon the Company’s financial personnel to advise the Board on such matters. Accordingly, we are subject to increased risk related to financial statement disclosures.

 

 

 

  18  

 

 

Our management has broad discretion as to the use of certain of the net proceeds from this Offering.

 

We intend to use up to $600,000 of the net proceeds from this Offering (if we sell all of the shares being offered) for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, we cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of such proceeds. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds designated for use as working capital or for other general corporate purposes. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this Offering in ways that holders of our Common Stock may not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their us, we may also invest the net proceeds from this Offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Please see “Use of Proceeds” below for more information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  19  

 

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Offering Circular contains various “forward-looking statements.” You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “estimates” or “anticipates” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. These statements may be impacted by a number of risks and uncertainties.

 

The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties and can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider these risks before you make an investment decision with respect to our Securities. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  20  

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you purchase shares in this Offering, your ownership interest in our Common Stock will be diluted immediately, to the extent of the difference between the price to the public charged for each share in this Offering and the net book value per share of our Common Stock after this Offering.

 

Our historical net book value as of June 30, 2019 was $73,077 or $0.0003 per then-outstanding share of our Common Stock. Historical net book value per share equals the amount of our total assets less total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding, all as of the date specified.

 

In computing the estimated use of proceeds, we assumed an initial public offering price of $0.008 per share of Common Stock. We anticipate that the gross proceeds of this Offering will be $3,000,000, without accounting for expenses, if all of the Shares offered hereunder are purchased. However, we cannot guarantee that we will sell all or any of the Shares we are offering and we cannot assure that they can be sold for the purchase price that we ultimately set for the Offering. The following table summarizes how we anticipate using the gross proceeds of this Offering, depending upon whether we sell 25%, 50%, 75%, or 100% of the Shares being offered in the Offering:

 

Percentage of shares offered that are sold     100.00%       75.00%       50.00%       25.00%  
                                 
Price to the public charged for each share in this Offering     0.008       0.008       0.008       0.008  
                                 
Historical net book value per share as of June 30, 2019 (1)   $ 0.0003     $ 0.0003     $ 0.0003     $ 0.0003  
                                 
Increase in net book value per Increase per share attributable to new investors in this Offering (2)   $ 0.0040     $ 0.0035     $ 0.0028     $ 0.0024  
                                 
Net book value per share, after this Offering   $ 0.0043     $ 0.0038     $ 0.0031     $ 0.0027  
                                 
Dilution per share to new investors   $ 0.0037     $ 0.0042     $ 0.0049     $ 0.0053  

 

(1) Based on net book value as of June 30, 2019 of $73,077 and 264,780,133 outstanding shares of Common stock as of June 30, 2019.
(2) After deducting estimated offering expenses of $300,000, $225,000, $150,000, and $75,000, respectively.

 

 

 

 

  21  

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

If we sell all of the shares being offered, our net proceeds (after our estimated offering expenses of $300,000) will be $2,700,000. We will use these net proceeds for the following.

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold

 

   

Offering 
Proceeds

 

   

Approximate
Offering 
Expenses

   

Total Net 
Offering 
Proceeds

   

Principal Uses 
of Net
Proceeds

                        Initial build of mobile APP and redesign of YGTP site $25,000
                        Web-based marketing and public relations consultant $125,000
                        Branding promotion & Hiring of Public Relations Co. $187,500
                        Media Ads and paid “bloggers” $37,500
                        i.e., Brand-In Ent., for product placement in films $12,500
                        Production of video with talent $7,500
                        Salaries – YGTP Web operations $62,500
                        Maintenance $17,500
                        Legal & Accounting, Process Patent & Copyright $31,250
                        Leased premises and Set-up $18750
                        Corporate overhead & salaries $150,000
  25.00%     $ 750,000     $ 75,000     $

675,000

  $ 675,000

 

If 50% of the Shares offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold

 

   

Offering
Proceeds

 

   

Approximate 
Offering
Expenses

   

Total Net 
Offering 
Proceeds

   

Principal Uses
of Net 
Proceeds

                        Initial build of mobile APP and redesign of YGTP site $50,000
                        Web-based marketing and public relations consultant $250,000
                        Branding promotion & Hiring of Public Relations Co. $375,000
                        Media Ads and paid “bloggers” $75,000
                        i.e., Brand-In Ent., for product placement in films $25,000
                        Production of video with talent $15,000
                        Salaries – YGTP Web operations $125,000
                        Maintenance $35,000
                        Legal & Accounting, Process Patent & Copyright $62,500
                        Leased premises and Set-up $37,500
                        Corporate overhead & salaries $300,000
  50.00%     $ 1,500,000     $ 150,000     $ 1,350,000   $ 1,350,000

 

If 75% of the Shared offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold

 

   

Offering
Proceeds

 

   

Approximate 
Offering
Expenses

   

Total Net 
Offering 
Proceeds

   

Principal Uses
of Net
Proceeds

                        Initial build of mobile APP and redesign of YGTP site $75,000
                        Web-based marketing and public relations consultant $375,000
                        Branding promotion & Hiring of Public Relations Co. $562,000
                        Media Ads and paid “bloggers” $112,500
                        i.e., Brand-In Ent., for product placement in films $37,500
                        Production of video with talent $22,500
                        Salaries – YGTP Web operations $187,500
                        Maintenance $56,750
                        Legal & Accounting, Process Patent & Copyright $93,750
                        Leased premises and Set-up $52,500
                        Corporate overhead & salaries $450,000
  75.00%     $ 2,250,000     $ 225,000     $ 2,025,000   $ 2,025,000

 

 

 

  22  

 

 

If 100% of the Shares offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold

   

Offering 
Proceeds

   

Approximate 
Offering 
Expenses

   

Total Net 
Offering 
Proceeds

   

Principal Uses
of Net 
Proceeds

                        Initial build of mobile APP and redesign of YGTP site $100,000
                        Web-based marketing and public relations consultant $500,000
                        Branding promotion & Hiring of Public Relations Co. $750,000
                        Media Ads and paid “bloggers” $150,000
                        i.e., Brand-In Ent., for product placement in films $50,000
                        Production of video with talent $30,000
                        Salaries – YGTP Web operations $250,000
                        Maintenance $70,000
                        Legal & Accounting, Process Patent & Copyright $125,000
                        Leased premises and Set-up $75,000
                        Corporate overhead & salaries $600,000
  100.00%       $3,000,000.00       $300,000.00       $2,700,000.00     $2,700,000.00

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  23  

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

This Offering Circular is part of an Offering Statement that we filed with the SEC, using a continuous offering process. Periodically, as we have material developments, we will provide an Offering Circular supplement that may add, update or change information contained in this Offering Circular. Any statement that we make in this Offering Circular will be modified or superseded by any inconsistent statement made by us in a subsequent Offering Circular supplement. The Offering Statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this Offering Circular. You should read this Offering Circular and the related exhibits filed with the SEC and any Offering Circular supplement, together with additional information contained in our annual reports, semi-annual reports and other reports and information statements that we will file periodically with the SEC. See the section entitled “Additional Information” below for more details.

 

Exchange Listing

 

Our Common Stock is traded on OTCMarkets in the Pink Open Market under the symbol “GBHL”.The Company is not presently subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and accordingly, is not required to file annual or quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company publishes current information in connection with its Alternative Reporting activities with the OTC Markets. The Company is current with quarterly and annual financial statements and related information. (See “Where You Can Find More Information”)

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to the Offering, there has been a limited public market for the Offered Shares. The initial public offering price was determined by us. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

  the information set forth in this Offering Circular and otherwise available;

 

  our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

  our past and present financial performance;

 

  our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this Offering;

 

  the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

  other factors deemed relevant by us.

 

Continuous Offering

 

Under Rule 251(d)(3) to Regulation A, the following types of continuous or delayed offerings are permitted, among others: (1) securities offered or sold by or on behalf of a person other than the issuer or its subsidiary or a person of which the issuer is a subsidiary; (2) securities issued upon conversion of other outstanding securities; or (3) securities that are part of an offering which commences within two calendar days after the qualification date. These may be offered on a continuous basis and may continue to be offered for a period in excess of 30 days from the date of initial qualification. They may be offered in an amount that, at the time the offering statement is qualified, is reasonably expected to be offered and sold within two years from the initial qualification date. No securities will be offered or sold “at the market.” The supplement will not, in the aggregate, represent any change from the maximum aggregate offering price calculable using the information in the qualified offering statement. This information will be filed no later than two business days following the earlier of the date of determination of such pricing information or the date of first use of the offering circular after qualification.

 

 

 

  24  

 

 

Offering Period and Expiration Date

 

This Offering will start on or after the Qualification Date and will terminate if the Minimum Offering is not reached or, if it is reached, on the Termination Date.

 

Procedures for Subscribing

 

When you decide to subscribe for Offered Shares in this Offering, you should:

 

Go to our website and click on the “Invest Now” button and follow the procedures as described 

 

  Electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement; and
     
  Deliver funds directly by wire or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account maintained by us.

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We shall only deliver such subscription agreement upon request after a potential investor has had ample opportunity to review this Offering Circular.

 

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement and the funds required under the subscription agreement have been transferred to the escrow account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.

  

 Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

 

After the initial offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be subject to change. The offering of the shares is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the right of the Company to reject any subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or no reason. There are no arrangements for the return of funds to subscribers if all of the securities to be offered are not sold.

 

Other Selling Restrictions

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us that would permit a public offering of our Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Our Common Stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this Offering Circular or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of shares of our Common Stock be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this Offering Circular comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy our Common Stock in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful.

 

Working Capital is used for officer’s salaries and cash reserves for future projects, acquisitions, joint ventures, and other opportunities that may be presented to Global Entertainment Holdings throughout the 12 months that the Reg A+ is active as well as the subsequent 24 months.

 

The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors.

 

No portion of the proceeds will be used to compensate or otherwise make payments to officers or directors of the Company.

 

As indicated in the table above, if we sell only 75%, or 50%, or 25% of the shares offered for sale in this Offering, we would expect to use the resulting net proceeds for the same purposes as we would use the net proceeds from a sale of 100% of the shares, and in approximately the same proportions, until such time as such use of proceeds would leave us without working capital reserve. At that point we would expect to modify our use of proceeds by limiting our expansion, leaving us with the working capital reserve indicated.

 

 

 

  25  

 

 

The expected use of net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this Offering.

 

In the event we do not sell all of the shares being offered, we may seek additional financing from other sources in order to support the intended use of proceeds indicated above. If we secure additional equity funding, investors in this Offering would be diluted. In all events, there can be no assurance that additional financing would be available to us when wanted or needed and, if available, on terms acceptable to us.

  

No Escrow

 

The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. We will offer our Common Stock on a best efforts basis. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  26  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

General

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. (“the Company" or “GLBH” or the "Issuer”) is a publicly traded company entertainment and media holding company with primary focus in motion picture production and sales, as well as Internet presence in social media networks and digital marketing.

 

BUSINESS PLAN: YOU’VE GOT THE PART

 

You’ve Got the Part, Inc. (“YGTP”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and was created to capitalize on numerous revenue streams available from the world’s desire to be discovered and to find new exciting talent. YGTP plans to develop and operate its web-based, social media platform that is the essence of crowd promotion.

 

History of You've Got the Part

 

You’ve Got the Part (“YGTP”) was originally developed as a pilot for a potential Reality TV show by Global Universal Film Group, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. With the explosive growth of the social media networks, management believed that there was an opportunity to re-invent You’ve Got the Part as a social media platform.

 

In order to attract funding, management incorporated YGTP as a separate entity to facilitate a “pure play” with this new concept. Accordingly, YGTP was organized in the State of Wyoming on April 17, 2013, as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. To date, the Company’s operations have consisted solely of organizing the Company, generating a business plan, recruitment of management and consultants, negotiating business development, raising capital, as well as preparation of offering documents and marketing materials.

 

Concept Tested

 

An Executive Producer in Louisville, Kentucky, who was working with Global Universal Film Group, announced a “casting call” on Good Morning Louisville (a local TV Show) for a film being developed called “MR. PINK.” The casting call was held at a local restaurant in the area. Within hours, hundreds of people showed up. Because it was impossible to physically audition that many people, the crowd was informed to sign up and submit an audition on a new website called YouveGotThePart.com. Within three weeks, nearly 60,000 people signed up with many submitting auditions. YGTP was still in beta form and was not being used.

 

We believe that this demonstrates that many people everywhere, if given a chance, would love to participate in an opportunity to be “discovered” and possibly cast in a Hollywood movie using the YGTP website.

 

What is You’ve Got the Part?

 

YGTP takes advantage of the power of social networking which allows the “crowd” to “engage” itself into virtually any aspect of an event or transaction and share that event with a worldwide audience through social networking.

 

While, in its simplest form, YGTP can enable unknown talent to audition for a real movie role in a Hollywood motion picture, via the Internet and/or their very own SmartPhone, without any pricey head shots, mailing materials, nor expensive “actor demo reels”, the real beneficiaries of the process are any manufacturers, companies, organizations, and other entities, even sports teams, that can make use of ‘crowd promotion’. The platform can be used by nearly any venture that can make use of ‘crowd promotion’ for its service or products such as clothing, food/beverage, automotive, gaming, even sports teams and charitable cause.

 

One of the significant advantages to using YGTP for ‘crowd promotion’ is that it costs the business organization nearly nothing to undertake. YGTP does not charge the business (or other organization) to sign-on in order to attract the “crowd promoters.” This concept relies on social media by giving everyone their chance at “15 seconds of fame”, to paraphrase Andy Warhol.

 

 

 

  27  

 

 

Importantly, YGTP delivers more than simply clicks, visits, and views. The process is not at all passive, but encourages, in fact requires, substantial ‘engagement’ by each user and encourages a high level of ‘sharability’ by the subscribers and those that visit YGTP.

 

In addition, the potential millions of persons who sign up will give YGTP an extraordinarily massive data base for possible future marketing and sponsorship promotion efforts, as well as email sales, blurbs, and merchandising.

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

In 2013, You’ve Got The Part, Inc. filed for both copyright and trademark protection on its YGTP concept. On July 16, 2013, YGTP received a certificate of registration (No. TXu 1-879-508) for a copyright on YGTP. And, on November 20, 2013, YGTP received a Notice of Publication for a Trademark on YGTP, which is pending launch of the YGTP platform. At the appropriate time, it is anticipated that YGTP will also file a copyright and/or patent for protection of its mobile APP design. We also own the web domains of: http://www.YouveGotThePart.com, http://www.YouGotThePart.com, http://www.YGTP.co, http://www.YGTP.io, http://www.YGTP.us and http://www.YGTP.net. A test site is currently located at: www.YGTP.Net.

 

How Will It Work?

 

In the world of motion pictures, to get started, any thrill seeker or “wanna-be” actor/actress will sign on to the YGTP website, or access it by using our mobile App, then scrolls through a list of movies that are willing to accept a YGTP audition video for a specific role. After creating an account, the subscriber searches for a “role” they would like to audition for. The script for each role (referred to as a “side”), is a short sequence of the actual screenplay for the movie. The user then reads the “side” while making a short video recording (30 to 60 seconds). After that, the user simply presses “Submit” and will be charged a nominal upload fee of $1.99.

 

Once the users have uploaded their auditions, the social media aspect of the platform takes over, as users spread the word of their audition to their friends on Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Instagram, etc. YGTP will also help the user’s audition go viral through targeted marketing campaigns designed to drive Internet traffic to YGTP, as well as generate “likes” and “votes” for all audition videos. At the same time the film and television projects for which these people are auditioning for, will benefit greatly from virtually free publicity that will promote their projects worldwide. "Word of mouth” will spread across the Internet as potentially thousands of auditioners will likely spread the word to audiences worldwide that an upcoming film or media project is being produced. Such publicity may help the film or media producers achieve advance sales (pre-sales) for their projects from their affiliation with YGTP.

 

YGTP will collect all of the videos for each role of those movies that have requested auditions and each production will have a casting associate review the auditions. Because there will be many more auditions than can be reviewed, there may be several methods in order to select and review the auditions. Each person who auditions will alert his friends, family, co-workers, acquaintances to view his audition and “vote” for him/her by awarding a “like” or “star”. If each person who auditions asks only ten people to “like” or “star” him/her, it could result in potentially a huge number of unique visits to YGTP. The top, say 25, “stars” would be guaranteed to have their auditions reviewed directly by the casting associates, directors, or producers of each respective film or media production.

 

Second, there might also be a number of auditions that are randomly selected for review by lottery. YGTP and the individual productions will also reserve the right to review any number of the submitted auditions. In any case, submitted auditions, and any attendant intellectual property in connection with the auditions will be the property of YGTP. Finally, the director, casting director and producer of each motion picture will make the final decision as to which person who auditioned “wins” the part.

 

The top three finalist candidates for each role (based on the methods of selection discussed above) will receive a free trip to Hollywood, or other filming location, to perform a final audition in front of the actual producers of the film, where each lucky winner will receive a (small) speaking role in a real Hollywood movie. This could qualify the winner for entry into the Screen Actor's Guild (SAG), should they have aspirations of becoming a professional actor. The cost of entering a video audition into competition on the YGTP social media platform is only $1.99 for each competition (film role) entered (not including the cost of creating the video).

 

 

 

  28  

 

 

The only obligation of the film production company using YGTP is to award two or more small speaking roles (parts) to the winners who have uploaded their videos on YGTP. Each production company would also be responsible for paying the costs of the winner (not the top three finalists) traveling to wherever the film or video production is shooting, Hollywood or some other location. The expense of air travel, a hotel and per diem for a few days, borne by the film company, would most likely amount to roughly $1,000.

 

YGTP has already met with and discussed the venture with numerous fellow producers, all of whom have stated their willingness to offer their future productions for inclusion in YGTP, when it is launched, as they all seek that tremendous “buzz” and mass public awareness for their respective movie productions that could be generated by thousands of people vying for a part in a movie – spreading the word throughout the many social networking sites.

 

In the case of other businesses and ventures, the process is nearly identical. For example, fans of sports teams would sign-on to the “sports” section of YGTP and essentially go through the same process in order to be selected as an “ultimate fan” and instead of winning a part in a movie, they would “win” team merchandise or access to team facilities. Each team would devise the appropriate “prizes”. Likewise, other companies, manufactures and organizations would seek “spokespeople” from the crowd in a similar process on YGTP.

 

Multiple Revenue Streams

 

YGTP is expected to generate multiple revenue streams in the following areas:

 

Core Transactions

 

Each time a YGTP user/member logs on to audition for a role in a Hollywood movie, as a spokesperson, or to do a testimonial, he/she pays a small “upload fee” currently estimated at $1.99. In the initial launch of YGTP, the Company may elect to reduce or waive any fees in a promotional effort to build a subscriber base.

 

In a recent “beta” run, anybody who desired a small role in a planned Hollywood movie to be shot in Louisville, Kentucky was invited, through word-of-mouth alone, to sign-up on-line at YGTP. Nearly 60,000 people visited the YGTP website within three weeks, from the Louisville metropolitan area alone. Since the Louisville metro area represents only one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the U.S. Population, when opened to the entire country, each movie audition could attract more than 300,000 visitors, many of whom would potentially “audition” for a movie role and pay an “upload fee.”

 

If only eight movies (or other video projects) were available on YGTP for each 60-day period, and two roles (one male/one female) were offered for each movie, a total of 96 roles would be offered in a year.

 

As YGTP expands throughout the world, the amount of auditions may increase substantially. Revenue will likewise increase. YGTP is already in conversations with partners from a variety of countries outside of the U.S. who want to replicate the model.

 

Potential use of YGTP by as many as 122 professional sports teams (MLB, NBA, NFL, NHL), countless “minor league” and “lesser sports” in this country, plus over 2,000 professional soccer teams around the globe, could result in substantial revenue, annually, with very little marginal cost. Revenue from other industries and organizations could be virtually limitless.

 

Other Core Transaction Revenues

 

Significant revenue can be derived from “micro-transactions” on the YGTP platform regardless of which product (movies, events, clothing, beverages, cars….) is the primary transaction. “Upgrades” in which YGTP receives a portion of the fee could amount to significant revenue over a period of time.

 

Advertising Revenue

 

Winners of the auditions are chosen based on how many “likes or stars” they receive when their friends, family, acquaintances, and strangers find their auditions on the various social media networking websites and then vote for the members on YGTP or its YouTube Channel. If only eight movies (or other video projects) were available on YGTP for each 60-day period, and two roles (one male/one female) were offered for each movie, a total of 96 roles would be offered in a year. We believe that each of these 96 roles will receive video auditions from many people who in turn use YGTP to send notices to their friends and followers asking them to “like” or “star” their video auditions, this has the potential of generating a very large number of unique visits to the YGTP website. We believe this will generate over 500,000 unique visits, allowing us to commence generating advertising revenue.

 

 

 

  29  

 

 

Sponsorship Revenue

 

YGTP could offer certain advertisers a unique venue to attract an audience and there are many possibilities for advertisers to “upgrade” their presence on YGTP by becoming a “sponsor.” By example, Coca-Cola has long attempted to generate an image of a beverage for the movie audience. Sponsorships like this and other similar products may amount to substantial revenue.

 

Electronic Sell-Thru Merchandising Revenue

 

YGTP is in an ideal position, along with its advertising and sponsorship partners, to offer the purchase of any number of merchandise items and service opportunities to its subscribers, for which it would receive a portion of each sale.

 

YGTP is already in discussions with a major product placement/merchandising firm that places well know items in various motion pictures. This merchandising firm seeks to partner with YGTP in featuring their clients’ products in the YGTP auditions and, each time a subscriber signs on to audition, the subscriber will see a three-second “smash ad” of the featured product being promoted.

 

Data/Analytics Sale Revenue

 

YGTP will amass an enormous amount of data from its users/subscribers. When an account is opened each user will be asked to supply name, address, age, height, weight, hair/eye color, build, and also to name three (or more) movies that they like and possibly also products. This information is extremely valuable to motion picture distributors in identifying how to best promote/market/advertise a picture…and in “seeding an audience”. In addition, product advertisers and sponsors will have access (for a fee) to both demographic and psychographic information of millions of users/subscribers and viewers.

 

THE MARKET

According to the Motion Picture Association of America, nine out of ten people dream of being in a movie. Every week more than 120 million people watch 'reality' programming rooting for their favorites to win talent competitions and achieve stardom (according to AC Nielsen). Thousands annually move to Los Angeles in an attempt to break into the entertainment industry.

 

However, most people that just want a chance at their “15 seconds of fame”, but don't have the freedom or finances to make the risky move to Los Angeles or New York, where most of the movies are produced. Using the camera available on the average Smartphone and the YGTP App, anyone can now create an audition video for the films listed on the YGTP web portal and upload them right from their Smartphone.

 

Once an audition is uploaded, the social media aspect takes over as YGTP helps the user/member spread the word of their audition to their friends, as well as info about the film or media project being produced. Users can also post auditions to their Facebook page, Google+, Instagram, Pintrest or Tweet it, as a way of driving traffic and “likes”, “stars” or “votes”. At the same time the film and television projects these people are auditioning for get virtually free publicity as thousands audition and then work to spread the word about the film to the masses.

 

The top three candidates for each role (based on the number of likes, stars or votes) will receive a trip to Los Angeles or such other location where the media project is being made (with accommodations and transportation) to perform their final auditions for the producers of the film. The winners will each hear “You’ve Got The Part!”, as they are awarded their own speaking role in a real Hollywood movie or media production. If the project is a movie or TV show, the winners could qualify for entry into the Screen Actor's Guild (SAG), initiating their career as a professional actor if desired. The cost of entering a video into the competition is only $1.99 for each competition entered (not including the cost of creating the video).

 

In the case other products, goods, and services, the desire to be discovered or ‘part of something’ can be equally as strong, or stronger, in the case of sports fans

 

Internet Usage – Driving Our Market:

 

From December 2000 to 2018, the number of Internet users grew from 360 million to approximately 3.9 billion. (© Statista 2019) The number of potential users for web-based YGTP is very large. The Internet is responsible for huge changes in marketing. One of the biggest changes is the ability of social media to quickly reach large numbers of people chiefly by relying on the audience itself to speak/chat/share virtually all of their “likes” (and dislikes) with dozens, hundreds or thousands of their friends, acquaintances, and even strangers, by posting, engaging and sharing on a myriad of websites and posting vehicles including Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, Twitter, WhatsApp, etc.

 

 

 

  30  

 

 

In the past, industries, companies, and organizations have created and disbursed promotional material to help them sell their products, services, and missions. Now, social media enables these companies and organizations to rely on their own customers and members to do the promotion for them through the Internet and share with millions of others.

 

There are a limited number of professional motion pictures (mainstream feature films with potential for theatrical release) made each year. The most recent statistics (according to mpaa.org – 2017, and other industry sources), indicate that around 800 commercial motion pictures are made in the United States, and nearly 5,000 commercial motion pictures are made each year throughout the world. Persons wanting to ‘try-out’ for a role in a motion picture without incurring the costly expenses associated with being able to physically audition by residing in the most expensive areas to live - Hollywood, CA, and New York, NY, may YGTP.

 

INDUSTRY & MARKET TRENDS

 

Revolutionary changes in the manner in which film and television is produced and distributed are now sweeping the industry. According to the Motion Picture Association of America, Worldwide box office revenues totaled $38.6 Billion in calendar 2016, up 1% from the year prior and up 18% from just five years ago. More than two-thirds (71%) of the U.S./Canada population – or 246 million people – went to the cinema at least once in 2016, a 2% increase from 2015. Frequent moviegoers – individuals who go to the cinema once a month or more – continue to drive the movie industry, accounting for 48 percent of all tickets sold in the United States and Canada, Frequent moviegoers tend to own more key technology products, such as smart phones and tablets, compared to the general population of adults 18 years and older. More than three quarters of all frequent moviegoers (79%) own at least four different types of key technology products, compared to 60 percent of the total adult population. The top five international markets are China, Japan, India, U.K., and France.

 

The importance of social media in marketing film and television has also increased. Facebook, YouTube, Google+, Pintrest, Twitter, and other social networking sites are used to make audiences aware of forthcoming films and television products. These sites have hundred's of million's of users. Media companies have focused on these platforms as a way of building awareness of their forthcoming offerings.

YGTP will offer the Company and its shareholders an opportunity to capitalize this social media trend by providing awareness and support films and entertainment media projects (including those of the Company), while empowering everyone with the chance to realize their “15-seconds of fame” no matter where they live or what their qualifications may be. It also provides a social media marketing outlet for the projects that engage YGTP to expand their social media outreach, at virtually no cost to the producers.

 

COMPETITION

 

YGTP is believed to be a unique concept, a “cutting-edge” edge idea in a one hundred year old industry. It combines (i) a talent contest, the likes of which have been around for years, such as: The Gong Show, American Idol, America’s Got Talent, The Voice, etc, with (ii) Social media networking platforms, movies, Internet networking and Smart Phones.

 

We are unaware of any direct competition to YGTP at this date. Companies that offer actors the chance to submit their profiles and headshots for auditions are mostly located in cities where the entertainment industry is most prevalent, and provide virtually no services or value outside of those areas. Social media platforms do not offer this type of service or have this kind of reach into entertainment companies.

 

YGTP is the only service that is easily available and useful in EVERY city and town.
YGTP is the only service that charges NO UPFRONT FEE to browse auditions or have a profile on the site.
YGTP is the only site where users can view the “sides” and then audition immediately; and, after paying a nominal upload fee, their video is instantly available for the public to “like.”
On YGTP, anyone can be “seen” by potentially millions of people through social-media networking, as well as possibly being discovered by movie producers, talent scouts and directors.

 

OVERVIEW OF COMPETITIVE CASTING SITES

 

· L.A. CASTING

 

LA Casting offers actors an opportunity to set up their own home page with a gallery of headshots, and the ability to apply for different roles that are listed on the LA Casting website. Actors can search the auditions and apply online, and their profiles are also searchable by casting directors and producers. An accredited agent can get their clients an account for free, but all other actors must pay for their own URL and online resume. Additional photos and hosted demo reels cost extra to upload. A premium account with unlimited casting and media hosting is $14.95 per month.

 

 

 

  31  

 

 

NOTE: L.A. CASTING does not guarantee that the Actors picture and resume nor video reel will be seen by the Production entity FOR any specific film or television show, as YGTP does.

 

· ACTOR'S ACCESS

 

Actor's Access offers a service whereby an actor has an online resume and portfolio. There is an annual fee for hosting an online resume of $68, but it includes only two photos. Additional photos and reels are extra.

 

NOTE: ACTOR’S ACCESS can set up the actor’s profile online, but the actor is still not guaranteed to be seen by any Casting Director or any Production company for a specific film or television show.

 

· BACKSTAGE

 

Backstage is a trade newspaper that features casting notices and calls for auditions. It does not offer a hosting site for actor's headshots or demo reels. The newspaper is available online and still has a print edition that is sold on newsstands. Actors using Backstage must submit to advertisements on their own either via internet or mail, and they must pay a subscription or purchase a copy from a newsstand.

 

NOTE: Actors using this site still need to send in their pictures and resumes to the production company before they know if they have an audition for the movie production. Often, the production company will not give out their email, so the actor must pay a fee for duplication of their head shot and resume, and cover the mailing cost of each one.

 

YGTP plans to charge a one-time upload fee of $1.99, or a monthly subscription for $9.95.

 

· NOW CASTING

 

Now Casting competes directly with LA Casting by offering an online resume and headshots, and the ability to search for and apply online to casting notices that are posted on the Now Casting website. The fee structure and services are also mostly similar, and the two sites are analogous of one another.

 

NOTE: An actor can place his reel (which may have cost several hundred dollars to have produced) but, that doesn't mean he or she is guaranteed an audition. Everyone on www.YouveGotthePart.com gets to audition for selected movies or media roles.

 

If we are successful, we can expect that other companies will seek to copy our business model. The barriers to entering our market with a similar service are not substantial. Thus we can expect that we will experience more competition from new entries or from existing competitors who change their services to compete with ours directly.

 

 

 

 

 

  32  

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

The Company presently primarily operates from its office located at 2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119 on a month-to-month lease. However, when projects are placed into pre-production, production and/or post production, the Company may lease additional production suitable space, including production offices and stages on an as needed short term basis to support such production activities.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There are no legal proceedings against us. We may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to temporary employee staffing business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, employment, personal injury cause by our employees, and other general claims. We accrue for contingent liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  33  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

This Offering Circular contains forward-looking statements. For this purpose, any statements contained in this Offering Circular that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking information includes statements relating to future actions, prospective products, future performance or results of current or anticipated products, sales and marketing efforts, costs and expenses, interest rates, outcome of contingencies, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, business strategies, cost savings, objectives of management, and other matters. You can identify forward-looking statements by those that are not historical in nature, particularly those that use terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “contemplates,” “estimates,” “believes,” “plans,” “projected,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these similar terms. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking information to encourage companies to provide prospective information about themselves without fear of litigation so long as that information is identified as forward-looking and is accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the information.

 

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that we cannot predict. In evaluating these forward-looking statements, you should consider various factors, including the following: (a) those risks and uncertainties related to general economic conditions, (b) whether we are able to manage our planned growth efficiently and operate profitable operations, (c) whether we are able to generate sufficient revenues or obtain financing to sustain and grow our operations, (d) whether we are able to successfully fulfill our primary requirements for cash, which are explained below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources”. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements, except as otherwise required under the applicable federal securities laws. Unless stated otherwise, terms such as the “Company,” “Global Entertainment Holdings,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms shall refer to Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., an Nevada corporation, and its subsidiaries.

 

Results of Operations

 

The six months ended June 30, 2019 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2018

 

Revenues

 

The Company had no revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2019 and revenues of $3,442 for the six months June 30, 2018.

 

Operating Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses decreased from $21,779 for the six months ended June 30, 2018 to $45,113 for the six months ended June 30, 2019.

 

Net Loss

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2019, we had net loss of $61,267 compared to a net loss of $89,695 for the six months ended June 30, 2018.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company's cash position decreased from $4,088 on June 30, 2018 to $2,852 on June 30, 2019.

 

The year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the three-months ended December  31, 2017.

 

Revenues

 

The Company had $10,446 in revenues in the year ended December 31, 2018 and no revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

  34  

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses increased from $67,482 for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $120,547 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Net Loss

 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had net loss of $200,147 compared to a net loss of $74.430 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company's cash position declined from $10,836 on December 31, 2017 to $4,088 on December 31, 2018.

 

Going Concern

 

The Company has no revenues and has incurred net losses. In addition, at June 30, 2019, there was an accumulated deficit of $13,225,232. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

 

There can be no assurance that sufficient funds required during the next year or thereafter will be generated from operations or available from external sources such as debt or equity financings, or other potential sources. The inability to generate cash flow from operations or to raise capital from external sources will force the Company to substantially curtail and cease operations, therefore, having a material adverse effect on its business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any funds, if available, will possess attractive terms or not have a significant dilutive effect on the Company's existing stockholders.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are not exposed to market risk of the sort that may arise from changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, or that may otherwise arise from transactions in derivatives.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company’s significant estimates and assumptions include the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock, stock-based compensation, the recoverability and useful lives of long-lived assets, and the valuation allowance relating to the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

Contingencies

 

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company, in consultation with legal counsel, evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable, but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.

 

 

 

  35  

 

 

Subsequent Events

 

On July 16, 2019, the Company issued 8,000,000 common shares to Auctus Fund, LLC under the Company’s 12%, $215,000 convertible note. The conversion to common stock was made at the discounted stock price of $0.0012 (proceeds totaling $9,600), which were applied against accrued interest payable under the convertible note. Accordingly, this issuance increased the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares from 264,780,133 at June 30, 2019 to 272,780,133.

 

On July 19, 2019, the Company’s directors authorized by Board Resolution and, on July 31, 2019, the majority of shareholders entitled to vote approved by written consent, an amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase to the authorized share capital from 470 million common and 30 million preferred shares, to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019. The purpose for this increase is to enable the Company to secure additional equity financing needed to complete the development of and marketing and promotional expenses to launch the “You’ve Got The Part” web platform and related mobile Apps.

 

Therefore, on August 1, 2019, the Company’s officers filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Nevada to effect said increase in its authorized capital stock as described above. The Certificate of Amendment is expected to be finalized by the State of Nevada within ten days. Additionally, the par value of the Company’s capital stock, which was $ 0.001 per share, was lowered to $0.0001 per share.

 

Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements

 

Upon the completion of this Offering, we expect to elect to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. If we elect to do so, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

 

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any July 30 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following January 31.

 

If we elect not to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 1 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semiannual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year, and semiannual reports are due within 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer’s fiscal year.

 

In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 

Dividends

 

We do not intend to retain future earnings to support our growth.  Any payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon: the amount of funds legally available; therefore, our earnings; financial condition, capital requirements, and other factors which our board of directors deems relevant.

 

 

 

  36  

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to temporary employee staffing business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, employment, personal injury cause by our employees, and other general claims. We will accrue for contingent liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

Employees

 

We currently have one full time employee and four part-time employees, including officers and directors.

 

Personnel will be added on an as-needed basis. These personnel can include executive management, salespersons, engineers, chemists, hydrologists, quality control technicians, transportation experts, managers and in most instances outsourced processes.

 

Specific and current needs include a sales team, an office administrator and a field engineer to verify sites and coordinate agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  37  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and significant employees, including their ages as of June 30, 2019:

 

Name and Principal Position   Age   Term of Office  

Approximate

hours per week

             
 Gary Rasmussen, Chief Executive Officer and Director   67   December 2007   40
Alan Bailey, Chief Financial Officer and Director   71   January 2013   10
Stanley Weiner, Director   76   December 2007   5
Terry Gabby, Controller and Secretary   74   December 2007   20
Virginia Perfili, Director (independent)
  65   December 2007   5

 

Gary Rasmussen

 

 Gary Rasmussen has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors since acquiring the majority of our common stock in September of 2007. He also serves as the CEO for all of our subsidiary corporations (with the exception of Global Universal Pictures, our Canadian affiliate).  In such capacity, he oversees all aspects of our ongoing business development, acquisitions and financing.

 

Gary Rasmussen has an extensive background spanning almost 40 years as an entrepreneur with vast experience in all phases of business development, having been a founder, chief executive officer or director of numerous private and publicly-held corporations engaged in the areas of cable television, investment banking, mortgage banking, VoIP Telephony and motion pictures.  He has extensive experience in structuring debt and negotiating equity capital for both public and private enterprises, implementing short and long term business planning, acquisitions and divestitures, and has played a leading role in spearheading several publicly held corporations from their inception.

 

From November of 2004 through September of 2007, Mr. Rasmussen was self-employed as a business consultant and private investor, working primarily with small publicly traded companies.  Prior to November, 2004, Mr. Rasmussen was the founder and Chairman of a public company engaged in developing a VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) technology to provide residential phone services. This entity was sold to the principals of a marketing affiliate of Skype.  From 1986 through 1993, Mr. Rasmussen was founder and CEO of United Satellite, a publicly held company operating 54 cable systems. Gary Rasmussen is the General Partner of Rochester Capital Partners, LP (a family limited partnership), our largest and controlling shareholder. Early in his career, Mr. Rasmussen got his start in the securities industry with Merrill Lynch in New York, and then formed his own investment banking company, First Heritage Corporation, in Southfield, Michigan.

 

Gary is a licensed commercial pilot and former certified flight instructor. He holds a Bachelors degree in Business Administration, with majors in Finance and Management, from Western Michigan University and has pursued courses towards a degree in law.

 

Alan Bailey.

 

Alan Bailey joined the Company in January of 2013 as Chief Financial Officer, and is a finance veteran in the entertainment industry, having served as a Senior Financial Executive of Paramount Pictures for 35 years, including being its Treasurer. In this capacity, he was responsible for Paramount’s global cash management and control; internal audit and compliance; business continuity/disaster recovery; cash planning and forecasting; individual and film slate financing and investor reporting/compliance; international financial reporting; and tax planning, corporate structuring and compliance.

 

Alan is also the CEO and Co-Founder of Dynamic Media International, Inc., based in Century City, California, which is a new media entertainment company with three operating divisions: Dynamic Media Network, the producer and distributor of high definition original TV content; Dynamic Media Music, the producer and distributor of original music content; and Dynamic Media Pictures, an independent motion picture and television production, finance and global distribution enterprise.

 

 

 

  38  

 

 

Additionally, Alan is the Founder and Executive Producer of the Movieville International Film Festival. He is a seasoned Executive Producer of lower budget/high quality motion pictures, digital and television content and serves as the CFO of another publicly-held company in the entertainment industry.

 

Alan is a Fellow of the Institute of UK Chartered Accountants and is an alumni of Ernst & Young and Grant Thornton. Alan is a frequent panelist at industry seminars due to his extensive knowledge of production tax credits and film financing structures.

 

Stanley Weiner

 

Mr. Weiner has served as a Director of the Company since October 2003 and as Vice President of Finance of the Company from December 2000 through December 2012. Stanley Weiner served as our Chief Financial Officer from September 2009 until December 2012, although he continues to serve as a director of the Company. Mr. Weiner has more than 35 years experience creating and running businesses. Mr. Weiner was the founding officer of Gemini Financial Corporation, a NASD Broker/Dealer from 1970 through 1975, President of APA, Real Estate Syndication Company from 1975 through 1978, Managing Partner of Agri-World Partnership from 1978 through 1983, an agricultural project syndication company with offices throughout Europe and the Middle East. Mr. Weiner was a Founding Officer/President of Regent Properties from 1985 through 1990, and Chief Executive Officer of Wise Industries from 1990 through 1993, a company specializing in pollution control devices. In 1978, Mr. Weiner founded Western Pacific Investment Corporation, centers and agricultural properties in addition to packaging many tax-sheltered investments. As a result of the foregoing activities, Mr. Weiner has extensive experience in marketing, acquiring, financing and developing commercial and agricultural property, negotiating agreements and packaging transactions. Mr. Weiner received his Bachelor of Arts degrees in both Psychology and Economics from California State University at Long Beach in 1966.  He also did graduate work in both fields at UCLA.

 

Mr. Weiner has in the past held a National Association of Securities Dealers Principals license and is a licensed Real Estate Broker. Mr. Weiner is not an officer or director of any other reporting company.

 

Terry Gabby

 

Mr. Gabby has served as our Controller and Corporate Secretary since November of 2009. Previously, he served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company from July, 2005 through September of 2009.  Mr. Gabby has over 30 years’ experience in executive management, auditing and finance. As the senior auditor for a regional audit firm, Seidman & Seidman CPA's, he was the senior in charge of audits for several publicly held companies in the casino and manufacturing industries. From 1981 to 1991, Mr. Gabby was the corporate director of internal audit for Sahara Resorts, Inc., a publicly traded company with several gaming subsidiaries and time-share properties. As a consultant for various clients, Mr. Gabby has developed and implemented financial accounting systems, internal control systems and participated in establishing review procedures for compliance testing as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The past seven years, Mr. Gabby has held the executive positions of Chief Financial Officer and Controller for several large tribal gaming enterprises located in several state jurisdictions. These enterprises were business start-ups requiring loan acquisitions, funding distributions, construction cost control and the development of financial reporting systems. Mr. Gabby earned his Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from the University of Nevada, Las Vegas College of Business Administration in 1973.

 

Virginia Perfili

 

Ms. Perfili has served as a Director of the Company since January of 2008, and has been involved in the entertainment industry for the past 25 years, having served as the President of a public company, Orphan, Inc., and as a writer, director, producer and executive producer of several feature-length films, many music videos, and a TV show pilot.

 

In 1984, Ms. Perfili was a co-founder and served as President of Orphan, Inc., a publicly held, entertainment company that started as a small Detroit-based, independent record label. Under her leadership, Orphan acquired and promoted five recording artists, all of which began charting on the Billboard charts, negotiated several distribution deals, obtained an artist contract with Atlantic, as well as contracts to produce videos for Atlantic and Sony.

 

In 1990, Orphan ventured into producing feature films. Orphan joined forces with Gary Rasmussen (CEO of the Company), who was instrumental in restructuring the company as a publicly-traded entity, as well as raising capital for several films that were produced by Orphan. Ms. Perfili was both producer and executive producer, along with Gary Rasmussen, for the feature films, “Mirror Mirror” and “Mirror Mirror 2: Raven Dance”, and spearheaded their marketing and distribution. Both of these independent feature films enjoyed theatrical, cable, Pay-Per-View, TV broadcast, VHS, DVD, and Laser Disc releases, domestically. In 1995, she directed another sequel, Mirror, Mirror III: The Voyeur. Ms Perfili has always had a keen eye for recognizing fresh, new talent as demonstrated by the fact that she cast a then unknown young actor, Mark Ruffalo, as the male lead in both Mirror, Mirror 2 and Mirror, Mirror III, his very first leading roles in a feature film.

 

 

 

  39  

 

 

From 2000 through present, Ms. Perfili has been actively involved as a producer and consultant in the entertainment industry, and was also a director and consultant for a publicly-held, Voice Over Internet company. In 2006, Virginia Perfili organized Freelance Filmworks, LLC, and served as the Executive Producer of its current feature film, tentatively entitled “ROUNDS”, which is presently in post production.

 

Ms. Perfili graduated from Wayne State University in Detroit, Michigan, with a B.A. degree in Humanities with a pre-law curriculum. Ms. Perfili is not an officer or director of any other reporting company.

 

Management Biographies for Subsidiaries – GUFG and YGTP

 

Jacqueline Giroux

 

Jacqueline Giroux is a founder and serves as the President of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Universal Film Group, a film production and distribution company from its inception in 2004, as well as executive officer of several predecessor companies using a variation of Global Universal since 1987, through November of 2008. In November of 2008, Jackie Giroux founded our Canadian affiliate, Global Universal Pictures, Inc., and served as its President. Our Company has co-production agreements with Global Universal Pictures, supplying intellectual property rights and capital, and owns 30% of the equity of this affiliate. Global Universal Film Group serves as exclusive, worldwide sales agent for all films produced in Canada.

 

Ms. Giroux is a major shareholder of the Company, as a result of the Company's acquisition of Global Universal Film Group in December of 2006, and has served as a producer for all Canadian film projects. She is an advisory member to the Board of Directors. Prior to her affiliation with the Company, and during her tenure as President of Global Universal Film Group, Ms. Giroux was a co-founder, director and President of a publicly-traded company engaged in Internet Telephony (VoIP communications) from August of 2001 through July, 2004.

 

Jackie Giroux has experience in managing a publicly-held company and considerable expertise in film financing and developing worldwide business relationships for co-producing and financing motion pictures. She is also an accomplished writer, producer and director of feature films, and has been awarded “keys” to numerous U.S. Cities for her lecturing and fund raising for charity organizations in the United States. In addition, Ms. Giroux created the concept of You’ve Got the Part, which was originally developed by Global Universal Film Group as a pilot for a Reality TV show featuring non-actor individuals auditioning for real film and television shows. This concept will be utilized by the Company to develop a new social media portal located on the Internet at: www.youvegotthepart.com.

Ms. Giroux won a scholarship to the New York American Academy of Dramatic Arts, and has appeared in many off Broadway and Broadway plays.  Her career in films was launched with a lead role in “The Cross and the Switch Blade”, starring Pat Boone and Eric Estrada. She has appeared in fifteen feature films and several TV series; her last film as an actress was in “To Live and Die in LA”, directed by Billy Friedkin for MGM in 1985. Since then, she has written and produced ten feature films, two “Movies of the Week”, two reality series, and most recently she has written and produced: “Blue Seduction”, a TV movie starring Billy Zane and Estella Warren; “American Sunset”, which premiered at the 2010 Cannes International Film Festival, starring Corey Haim (his last completed film) and Frank Molina; “Plaster Rock”, which had its theatrical release in Grand Falls, New Brunswick, Canada on May 6, 2010, starring Christine Johnson, Lalesha Railsback, Eric A. Leffler, Frank Molina; and “The Night”, a supernatural thriller, starring Lalesha Railsback and Ian Hamrick, which is in extended post production and yet to be released.

 

Ms. Giroux has extensive experience in structuring financing and co-production deals, having successfully arranged for co-productions between Canada, France and Germany, as well as Canada, France and Australia. In 2000, she wrote and directed “Coo Coo Cafe”, a satire on the media networks. “Coo Coo Cafe” the first film produced in New Brunswick Canada, was invited to the Sundance Film Festival and received an invitation by the American Film Institute, as well as consideration for one of the Best Screenplays of the year 2000. She is a past nominee of The New York Film and Video Festival, and The Cannes Film Festival’s “Out of Competition” series. She has been profiled in several books, and appeared on The Tonight Show, The Merv Griffin Show, and The Geraldo Rivera Show, “Now It Can Be Told”.

 

Nicholas S. Godin

 

Nick Godin serves as the Chief Operating Officer of You’ve Got The Part (“YGTP”) and will oversee the development and initial launch of YGTP, as well as other digital endeavors of the Company. As an entrepreneur from Vermont, Nick built and launched his first tech company, Blirp It (Bus Line Information Retrieval Program), while he was a senior at the University of Vermont. Nick and his partner created and built an online platform to estimate the arrival times of buses on campus. The company expanded to 8 additional schools before rolling it's clients into a larger service provider.

 

 

 

  40  

 

 

In 2011, right after graduating UVM with a Bachelor of Science degree, Nick moved to the West Coast to pursue some promising technology ventures. He dove straight into the ‘start-up’ scene in Los Angeles, working as a consultant on various mobile and web-based projects, such as Cuipo.org and PollPals. His primary responsibilities were UI/UX architecture, user data analysis, and investor relations. In 2013, shortly after relocating in LA, Nick became an equity partner in a full-service creative agency called White Rabbit. The company specialized in developing and designing private label software for clients like Beats by Dre, Adidas, Major League Baseball, etc. Nick Godin lead the business development team as his company went on to produce and launch over 100 IT projects in the next 2 years. Most notably, GhostTunes, CurbStand, and Coordinates Collection.

 

White Rabbit served as the technical agency of record for several Family Offices in the US, UK, and South America, and Mr. Godin was the main point of contact between the company and these ‘top tier’ clients.  Additional clients included fortune 500 companies, angel investors, and social media influencers. After White Rabbit was acquired in 2016, Nick Godin, along with some of his associates, commenced working with a new venture called Vander Group. Vander Group is a leading global eCommerce solutions provider that combines digital strategy, data-driven design, development, optimization, logistics, and customer support to help their client brands gain market momentum.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships between any of our officers and directors.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings.

 

None of the following events have occurred during the past ten years and which are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or executive officer: (1) A conviction in a criminal proceeding or named as a defendant in a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (2) the entry of an order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by a court of competent jurisdiction that permanently or temporarily enjoined, barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business, securities, commodities, or banking activities; (3) a finding or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a state securities regulator of a violation of federal or state securities or commodities law, which finding or judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; or (4) the entry of an order by a self-regulatory organization that permanently or temporarily barred, suspended, or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business or securities activities; (5) a conviction in a criminal proceeding or named as a defendant in a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (6) the entry of an order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by a court of competent jurisdiction that permanently or temporarily enjoined, barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business, securities, commodities, or banking activities; (7) a finding or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a state securities regulator of a violation of federal or state securities or commodities law, which finding or judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; or a (8) the entry of an order by a self-regulatory organization that permanently or temporarily barred, suspended, or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business or securities activities. No director or executive officer has any material pending legal proceedings.

 

Board Composition

 

Our Board of Directors currently consists of three members. Each director of the Company serves until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and duly qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Our board is authorized to appoint persons to the offices of Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer, one or more vice presidents, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary and such other offices as may be determined by the board.

 

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business and understanding of our prospective markets.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

 

The Board of Directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board currently implements its risk oversight function as a whole. Each of the board committees, when established, will provide risk oversight in respect of its areas of concentration and report material risks to the board for further consideration.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Prior to one year from the date of this Offering’s qualification, we will be adopting a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We will post on our website a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or market rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

 

 

  41  

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table represents information regarding the total compensation our officers and directors of the Company as of June 30, 2019:

 

Name and Principal Position   Cash
Compensation
($)
    Other
Compensation
($) (1)
    Total
Compensation 
($)
 
                   
Gary Rasmussen   $                    
                         
Alan Bailey, Chief Financial Officer and Director             1,500       1,500  
                         
Terry Gabby, Controller and Secretary     12,000               12,000  
                         
Total   $ 12,000       1,500       13,500  

 

Mr. Rasmussen has an employment contract for $10,000 per month. He has not taken any cash compensation and has received 13,000,000 shares of Common Stock since 2007.

 

Mr. Bailey has an employment contract for 250,000 shares of Common Stock per quarter until the Company raises $250,000, then a monthly cash compensation of at least $1,000 per month is to be negotiated.

 

Mr. Gabby has an employment contract for $1,000 per month.

 

Stock Options

 

Our stockholders have approved our Stock Option Plan, as previously adopted by our Board of Directors (the "Plan"). Under this Plan, our officers, directors, and/or key employees and/or consultants can receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of our Common Stock. To date, no options have been issued. The Class B Common stockholders are not eligible for such options.

 

With respect to incentive stock options, the Plan provides that the exercise price of each such option must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date that such option is granted. The Plan requires that all such options have an expiration date not later than that date which is one day before the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant of such options (or the fifth anniversary of the date of grant in the case of 10% stockholders). However, with certain limited exceptions, in the event that the option holder ceases to be associated with the Company, or engages in or is involved with any business similar to ours, such option holder's incentive options immediately terminate.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date(s) of grant, for which incentive stock options are first exercisable by an option holder during any one calendar year cannot exceed $100,000. No such options have yet been issued.

  

Bonus Plan for Executive Officers

 

Our Board of Directors has established an annual Bonus Plan for Executive Officers (the “Bonus Plan.”) Under the Bonus Plan, a Committee of the Board of Directors sets performance targets for key employees who are or may become executive officers. Such executives are eligible for a bonus only if they meet the performance standards set in advance by the Committee. Aggregate bonuses may not exceed ten percent of income before taxes and bonuses may not exceed $1 million per employee.

 

Management Stock Option Plan

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Management Stock Option Plan. The Plan provides that the Company shall establish a reserve of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock to be awarded to eligible salaried officers and directors. The Management Stock Bonus Plan Committee, composed of not less than three members, administers the Plan. The Board of Directors must review actions of the Committee. The Plan awards restricted stock to key executives. During the restricted period, the owner of the stock may not transfer the stock without first offering the Company the opportunity to buy back the stock at its issue price. In the first year of the restriction period, the Company has the right to buy back all of the awarded stock. In the second year, the Company has the right to buy back 75% of the awarded stock. After two years and until the end of the restriction period, a maximum of three years, the Company has the right to buy back 50% of the awarded stock. To date, the Company has not issued any Plan shares.

 

Mr. Rasmussen and Mr. Bailey are the members of the Management Stock Option Plan committee.

 

 

 

  42  

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

AND CERTAIN SECURITYHOLDERS

 

The following tables set forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of May 6, 2019 for (i) all executive officers and directors as a group and (ii) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than ten percent (10%) of our capital stock.

 

At June 30, 2019, we had issued and outstanding a total of 264,780,133 shares of common stock; 3,990,134 shares of our Series B, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”); and 6,500,000 shares of our Series C, Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”). Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is presently convertible into one share of common stock and not affected by any forward or reverse stock splits. The Beneficial Ownership table below assumes the conversion of the Series B Preferred shares into common stock. The 6,500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding are, in the aggregate, convertible into 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, calculated immediately following such conversion. In addition, each share of Series C Preferred Stock carries voting rights equal to that number of shares of common stock that would result from the instant conversion of each share of Series C Preferred Stock into common stock.

 

The Percentage of Beneficial Ownership Table does not assume the conversion of the Series C Preferred shares into common stock, but state only the amount of shares held, by whom, and the percentages held of that Class. Assuming that all Series B Preferred stock was converted into 3,990,134 shares of common stock, the Company would have a total of 255,270,267 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019. Assuming that all 6,500,000 Series C Preferred stock were then converted, the Series C Preferred stock would convert into an aggregate of approximately 474 million shares of common stock, resulting in a fully diluted total of approximately 729 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding at June 30,2019. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes those shares of common stock over which the stockholder has sole or shared voting or investment power. It also includes (in the footnotes) shares of common stock that the stockholder has a right to acquire within 60 days after June 30, 2019, pursuant to options, warrants, conversions privileges or other rights.

 

  Number of   Number of Shares of Percent Number of  
  Shares of Percent Shares of Common of Common Shares of Percent
  Common Of Class Series B Pfd. Assuming Assuming Series C Pfd Of Class
  Beneficially Beneficially Beneficially Conversion Conversion Beneficially Beneficially
Affiliates Owned Owned Owned Series B (3) Series B (3) Owned Owned
Rochester Capital Partners (4) 19,025,000 7.18% 641,225 19,666,225 7.31%    
Gary Rasmussen – CEO & Dir (5) 13,113,500 4.95% 1,093,227 14,206,727 5.29% 3,500,000 53.85%
Terry Gabby - Controller (6) 4,315,000 1.63% 0 4,315,000 1.61%    
Virginia Perfili – Director (7) 2,214,450 0.84% 0 2,214,450 0.82%    
Stanley Weiner – CFO & Dir (8) 2,112,384 0.80% 0 2,112,384 0.79%    
Jacqueline Giroux (9) 7,163,855 2.71% 2,255,682 9,419,537 3.51% 3,000,000 46.15%
Alan Bailey – CFO (10) 5,760,000 2.17% 0 5,760,000 2.14%    
Nicolas Godin 1,750,000 0.66% 0 1,750,000 0.65%    
Mary-Kathryn Tantum (11) 7,000,000 2.64% 0 7,000,000 2.60%    
Other Management (12) 1,000,000 0.38% 0 1,000,000 0.37%    
Shares held by Insiders 63,454,189 23.96% 3,990,134 67,444,323 25.09% 6,500,000 100.00%
Other Shareholders 201,325,944 76.04%   201,325,944 74.91%    

Total Amounts at

June 30, 2019

264,780,133 100.00% 3,990,134 268,770,267 100.00% 6,500,000 100.00%

 

 

Footnotes:

 

1. As used in these tables, “beneficial ownership” means the sole or shared power to vote, or to direct the voting of, a security, or the sole or shared investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, a security). These Footnotes denote the amount of shares of common stock that the stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days of June 30, 2019, which are not reflected in the table above and are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of determining the percent of class by such stockholder. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of these stockholders is c/o Global Entertainment Holdings, 2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, #8-259 Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

 

 

 

  43  

 

 

2. Figures are rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of a percent.

 

3. Each share of Series B Preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock by the holder at anytime. The Series B Preferred stock is not adjusted for recapitalization events, including either forward or reverse stock splits, and does not carry voting rights, except as to matters that effect the Series B Preferred shareholders.

 

3. Rochester Capital Partners, LP. (RCP), a Nevada limited partnership, holds 19,025,000 shares of common stock and 641,225 shares of Series B Preferred directly. Gary Rasmussen, CEO of the Company, is the General Partner of RCP and owns a majority equity interest therein. The limited partners are members of Mr. Rasmussen's immediate family. As General Partner, Mr. Rasmussen has voting, investment and dispositive power over the shares of stock owned by the partnership.

 

4. Gary Rasmussen holds 13,113,500 shares of common stock and 1,093,227 shares of Series B Preferred stock directly in his name. These amounts of shares do not include his indirect interest in the 19,025,000 shares of common stock and 641,225 shares of Series B Preferred stock owned by RCP (reported separately in the table above), of which he is the General Partner, owns a majority equity interest therein and has voting, investment and dispositive power over the shares of stock owned by the partnership. Additionally, Mr. Rasmussen owns 3,500,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock directly in his name. Assuming the conversion of all Series B and Series C preferred stock, Mr. Rasmussen, including his interest in RCP, would control a total of approximately 289 million of our common stock, which would result in Mr. Rasmussen controlling approximately 39.6% of our total common stock then outstanding, on a fully diluted basis.

 

5. Mr. Gabby holds 4,315,000 shares of common stock directly in his name.

 

6. Ms. Perfili is an independent director and holds 2,214,450 shares directly in her name.

 

7. Mr. Weiner is an independent director and holds 2,112,384 shares directly in his name. This figure does not include an additional 814,011 shares held by adult members of Mr. Weiner’s immediate family and/or trusts, for which he does not exercise control and disclaims any beneficial interest.

 

8. Jacqueline Giroux owns 7,163,855 shares of common stock directly in her name and exercises control over an additional 104,000 shares of common stock as guardian for her grandchildren. Additionally, she holds 2,255,682 shares of Series B Preferred and 3,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred stock directly in her name. Ms. Giroux is the co-founder of Global Universal Film Group and You’ve Got the Part, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, as well as the founder of Global Universal Pictures, a Canadian affiliate that is 30% owned by the Company. She is neither an officer nor director of Global Entertainment Holdings, but serves as the President of Global Universal Film Group, a wholly-owned subsidiary. Assuming the conversion of all Series B and Series C preferred stock, Ms. Giroux would hold a total of approximately 228 million of our common stock, which would result in Ms. Giroux controlling approximately 31.3% of our total common stock then outstanding, on a fully diluted basis.

 

9. Mr. Bailey holds 5,760,000 shares of common stock directly in his name.

 

10. In May of 2015, the Company issued 7,000,000 shares to Mary-Kathryn Tantum in connection with the Company’s acquisition of WW Digital Marketing Group, Inc. Of these shares, 2,000,000 are held in an escrow account with the Company’s securities counsel, Thomas Amon, and may be earned by Ms. Tantum based upon performance. Ms. Tantum is no longer an officer of the Company, but continues to serve as a consultant to WW Digital Marketing Group.

 

11. Nicholas Godin owns 1,750,000 shares of our common stock in the name of NGKD, LLC., a Florida limited liability company, of which he and his wife are the sole shareholders and exercise dispositive power over the shares.

 

12. In August of 2014, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of restricted common stock to three individuals who were serving as officers of Global Entertainment Media, a wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

  44  

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

To the best of our knowledge, from inception to June 30, 2019, other than as set forth herein, there were no material transactions, or series of similar transactions, or any currently proposed transactions, or series of similar transactions, to which we were or are to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any director or executive officer, or any security holder who is known by us to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of any class of our Common Stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, has an interest (other than compensation to our officers and directors in the ordinary course of business).

 

Rochester Capital Partners has periodically provided working capital advances since December 2007. The current loan balance is approximately $91,000. Rochester owns 7.5% of the Company's Common Stock. Mr. Rasmussen is the General Partner and majority equity owner of Rochester.

 

Statement of Policy

 

We have adopted a related-party transactions policy under which our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our Common Stock, and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee. If the related party is, or is associated with, a member of our audit committee, the transaction must be reviewed and approved by another independent body of our Board of Directors, such as our governance committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with a related party in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such party would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. If advance approval of a related-party transaction was not feasible or was not obtained, the related-party transaction must be submitted to the audit committee as soon as reasonably practicable, at which time the audit committee shall consider whether to ratify and continue, amend and ratify, or terminate or rescind such related-party transaction. All of the transactions described above were reviewed and considered by, and were entered into with the approval of, or ratification by, our Board of Directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  45  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The Common Stock

 

We are authorized to issue 470,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value. On July 19, 2019, the Company’s directors authorized by Board Resolution and, on July 31, 2019, the majority of shareholders entitled to vote approved by written consent, an amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase to the authorized share capital from 470 million common and 30 million preferred shares, to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019. The purpose for this increase is to enable the Company to secure additional equity financing needed to complete the development of and marketing and promotional expenses to launch the “You’ve Got The Part” web platform and related mobile Apps. Therefore, on August 1, 2019, the Company’s officers filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Nevada to effect said increase in its authorized capital stock as described above. The Certificate of Amendment is expected to be finalized by the State of Nevada within ten days. Additionally, the par value of the Company’s capital stock, which was $ 0.001 per share, was lowered to $0.0001 per share. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to equal dividends and distributions, with respect to the Common Stock when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available for such dividends. No holder of Common Stock has any preemptive right to subscribe for any of our stock nor are any shares subject to redemption. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and any amounts payable to senior securities, the assets will be divided pro rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock now outstanding upon completion of this Offering and conversion of any Preferred Stock, are, and will be, fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable.

 

Holders of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors will be able to elect 100% of the directors if they choose to do so, and in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to the Board of Directors.

 

The Company has never paid any dividends to shareholders of our Common Stock. The declaration in the future of any cash or stock dividends will depend upon our capital requirements and financial position, general economic conditions, and other pertinent factors. We presently intend not to pay any cash or stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Management intends to reinvest earnings, if any, in the development and expansion of our business. No dividend may be paid on the Common Stock until all Preferred Stock dividends are paid in full.

 

Preferred Stock

 

We are authorized by our Articles of Incorporation to issue a maximum of 30.000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. This Preferred Stock may be in one or more series and containing such rights, privileges and limitations, including voting rights, conversion privileges and/or redemption rights, as may, from time to time, be determined by our Board of Directors. Preferred stock may be issued in the future in connection with acquisitions, financings or such other matters as the Board of Directors deems to be appropriate. In the event that any such shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued, a Certificate of Designation, setting forth the series of such Preferred Stock and the relative rights, privileges and limitations with respect thereto, shall be filed. The effect of such Preferred Stock is that our Board of Directors alone, within the bounds and subject to the federal securities laws and the Nevada Law, may be able to authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company without further action by the stockholders and might adversely affect the voting and other rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights also may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock, including the loss of voting control to others. To date, no such Preferred Stock has been issued.

 

The Board of Directors is expressly vested with the authority to divide any or all of the Preferred Stock into series and to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of each series so established, provided, however, that the rights and preferences of the various series may vary only with respect to:

 

(a) the rate of dividend;
(b) whether the shares may be called and, if so, the call price and the terms and conditions of call;
(c) the amount payable upon the shares in the event of voluntary and involuntary liquidation;
(d) sinking fund provisions, if any for the call or redemption of the shares;
(e) the terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares may be converted;
(f) voting rights; and
(g) whether the shares will be cumulative, noncumulative or partially cumulative as to dividends and the dates from which any cumulative dividends are to accumulate.

 

The Board of Directors shall exercise the foregoing authority by adopting a resolution setting forth the designation of each series and the number of shares therein, and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof. The Board of Directors may make any change in the designations, terms, limitations or relative rights or preferences of any series in the same manner, so long as no shares of such series are outstanding at such time.

 

 

 

  46  

 

 

Within the limits and restrictions, if any, stated in any resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, the Board of Directors is authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of such series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the share constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Series “B” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Pursuant to the reverse tri-party merger with Global Universal Film Group, Inc. (GUFG), we issued a total of 1,500,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the stockholder’s of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen, our current CEO, owned 50% of the shares of GUFG and also received 750,000 Series B Shares in the merger. Ms. Jacqueline Giroux, President of GUFG, received the balance of 750,000 shares. In December 2007, we issued an additional 2,490,134 shares of Series B Preferred stock in exchange for the cancellation of $273,915 in debt of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen received 343,227 shares directly in his name; Rochester Capital Partners received 641,225 shares in its name; and Ms. Giroux received 1,505,682 shares directly in her name.

 

As June 30, 2019, the Company had a total of 3,990,314 shares of Series B Preferred stock outstanding, which are convertible into 3,990,134 shares of common stock at any time.

 

Dividend Provisions. The holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends on the Preferred Stock.

 

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $0.001 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (“Original Series B Issue Price”) and (ii) an amount equal to the Original Series B Issue Price for each twelve (12) months that has passed since the date of issuance of any Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Spin-off Rights. At the election of a majority in interest of the Series B Preferred Stock, GUFG shall be spun off to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, with 90% of such shares in GUFG being issued, pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, and 10% being issued and distributed to the shareholders of the Company in common stock on a pro-rata basis. This provision was eliminated entirely with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007.

 

Conversion. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the election of the holder, into one (1) share of the Company’s common stock on such date as the majority shareholders of all Series B have elected to effect the Spin-Off transaction; however, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock of the Company after twelve (12) months from the date of LitFunding’s acquisition of Film Group, regardless of whether or not an election has been made to spin-off Film Group. This provision was amended with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007. The conversion into common stock may be made at any time, without conditions, by the holders of the Series B Preferred stock. The Series B Preferred stock is not affected or adjusted for any forward or reverse stock splits.

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series B Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights except as to issues affecting the rights and preferences of the entire class of the Series B Preferred.

 

Series “C” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In January, 2008, in keeping with the restructuring efforts of the new management team, the Board authorized the issuance of 6,000,000 shares of a non-dilutive, convertible preferred stock entitled, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Stock”). The Series C Stock is non-dilutive and, the initial 6,000,000 shares authorized, will convert into 60% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as calculated immediately after such conversion. On April 4, 2008, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation relating to its Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State. On November 8, 2008, the Board approved an amendment to the Certificate of Designation of the Series C, which provided for 6,500,000 shares authorized, converting into 65% of the outstanding common stock at the time of conversion, to correct an error in the original filing. A full description of the terms and conditions of the Series C Preferred Stock is provided in Exhibit 3.3, as filed with our quarterly report with the SEC on Form 10-QSB on August 14, 2008. As of June 30, 2019 the Company had 6,500,000 Series “C” Stock issued and outstanding.

 

 

 

  47  

 

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series C Preferred Stock carry voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which they are convertible. As of June 30, 2019 the entire class of Series C Preferred Stock could convert into approximately 472 million shares of common stock and carry an equal amount in voting rights.

 

Series “D” Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors had previously authorized the issuance of up to 10,000 shares of Series D Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock with a Stated Liquidation Value of $100 per share (the “Series D Preferred”), to be offered to investors pursuant to the terms of a private offering document designed to raise capital for You’ve Got The Part. Upon receipt of proceeds from the private offering, the Company plans to file a Certificate of Amendment with the Nevada Secretary of State to modify the terms of the original Certificate of Designation to comport to the offering.

 

As of June 30, 2019, the Company had no shares of Series “D” Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

  

SECURITIES BEING OFFERED

 

The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock as provided in our articles of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part.

 

Common Stock

 

The Company has 470,000,000 shares of Common Stock authorized, par value $0.001. On July 19, 2019, the Company’s directors authorized by Board Resolution and, on July 31, 2019, the majority of shareholders entitled to vote approved by written consent, an amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase to the authorized share capital from 470 million common and 30 million preferred shares, to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019. The purpose for this increase is to enable the Company to secure additional equity financing needed to complete the development of and marketing and promotional expenses to launch the “You’ve Got The Part” web platform and related mobile Apps. Therefore, on August 1, 2019, the Company’s officers filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Nevada to effect said increase in its authorized capital stock as described above. The Certificate of Amendment is expected to be finalized by the State of Nevada within ten days. Additionally, the par value of the Company’s capital stock, which was $ 0.001 per share, was lowered to $0.0001 per share.

 

Voting Rights. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Nevada law provides for cumulative voting for the election of directors. As a result, any shareholder may cumulate his or her votes by casting them all for any one director nominee or by distributing them among two or more nominees. This may make it easier for minority shareholders to elect a director.

 

 Dividends. Subject to preferences that may be granted to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor as well as any distributions to the shareholders. The payment of dividends on the Common Stock will be a business decision to be made by our Board of Directors from time to time based upon results of our operations and our financial condition and any other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant. Payment of dividends on the Common Stock may be restricted by loan agreements, indentures and other transactions entered into by us from time to time.

 

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock.

 

Absence of Other Rights or Assessments. Holders of Common Stock have no preferential, preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. When issued in accordance with our articles of incorporation and law, shares of our Common Stock are fully paid and not liable to further calls or assessment by us.

 

 

 

 

 

  48  

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Since our inception, we have not paid any dividends on our Common Stock, and we currently expect that, for the foreseeable future, all earnings (if any) will be retained for the development of our business and no dividends will be declared or paid. In the future, our Board of Directors may decide at their discretion, whether dividends may be declared and paid, taking into consideration, among other things, our earnings (if any), operating results, financial condition and capital requirements, general business conditions and other pertinent facts.

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this Offering, there has been a limited market for our Common Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock, or securities or instruments convertible into our Common Stock, in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because there will be limits on the number of shares available for resale shortly after this Offering due to contractual and legal restrictions described below, there may be resales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market after those restrictions lapse. This could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock prevailing at that time.

 

Upon completion of this Offering, assuming the maximum amount of shares of Common Stock offered in this Offering are sold, there will be 639,780,133 shares of our Common Stock outstanding.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Common Stock for at least twelve months, in the event we are a reporting company under Regulation A, or at least six months, in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

1% of the number of shares of our Common Stock then outstanding; or

 

the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

 

Transfer Agent

 

Name: Colonial Stock Transfer Co., Inc., 66 Exchange Place, 1st floor Salt Lake City, UT 84111,

Phone: 801-355-5740 , Fax: 801-355-6505.

Email: www.colonialstock.com

 

The transfer agent is registered under the Exchange Act and operates under the regulatory authority of the SEC and FINRA.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon by John E. Lux, Esq. of Washington, D.C.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been prepared by management and have not been reviewed by an independent accountant.

 

 

 

  49  

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of the Offering Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Offering Statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the Offering Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Offering Circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement. Upon the completion of this Offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

  50  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

Index to Financial Statements

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2019

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (unaudited) F-2
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 6 Months Ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 (unaudited) F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 6 Months Ended June 30, 2019, and June 30, 2018 (unaudited) F-4
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) F-5

 

For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2018

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited) F-13
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited) F-14
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited) F-15
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) F-16
   

 

 

 

 

 

  F-1  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(Unaudited)

      June 30,       December 31,  
      2019       2018  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,852     $ 4,088  
Note receivable, including accrued interest thereon     88,425       88,425  
Total current assets     91,277       92,513  
                 
Fixed assets, net of depreciation            
                 
Other assets:                
Movie inventory and other rights, at cost     750,723       750,723  
Other intellectual property rights     75,450       75,450  
App development and other prepaid expenses     152,805       144,405  
All other           1,130  
      978,978       971,708  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 1,070,255     $ 1,064,221  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $ 22,332     $ 38,903  
Accrued expenses     107,595       75,917  
Notes and debentures payable     397,566       417,439  
Total current liabilities     527,493       532,259  
                 
Deferred revenue     469,685       469,685  
                 
Stockholders’ equity                
                 
Share Capital, $ 0.001 par value                
Preferred shares:                

Convertible Series B: 4,000,000 authorized; 3,990,314 issued and outstanding

    3,990       3,990  
Convertible Series C: 6,500,000 authorized; 6,500,000 issued and outstanding     6,500       6,500  
Convertible Series D: 10,000 authorized; None issued and outstanding            
Common shares:                
470,000,000 authorized; 264,780,133 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2019 and 251,280,133 issued and outstanding at December 31 2018     264,780       251,280  
Additional paid-in capital     13,023,039       12,981,301  
Accumulated deficit     (13,225,232 )     (13,180,794 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity     73,077       62,277  
 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, DEFERRED REVENUE AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $ 1,070,255     $ 1,064,221  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

 

 

  F-2  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATION

 

(Unaudited)

    Six Months Ended  
    June 30,  
    2019     2018  
Revenue, net   $ 0     $ 3,442  
                 
Expense                
General and administrative     25,387       45,113  
Net operating loss     (25,387 )     (41,671 )
                 
Other income (expense)                
Interest and finance cost (net)     (35,880 )     (48,024 )
Other income (expense)     (35,880 )     (48,024 )
                 
Net loss   $ (61,267 )   $ (89,695 )
Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted   $ (0.0002 )   $ (0.0004 )
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding     257,570,188       224,894,897  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

 

  F-3  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.


CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(Unaudited)

    Six Months Ended  
    June 30,  

 

  2019     2018  
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:            
             
Net loss for period   $ (61,267 )   $ (89,695 )
                 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash for non-cash items:                
Stock used to pay compensation           1,000  
                 
Net change in current assets and liabilities:                
Increase in accounts receivable           (3,442 )
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses (net)     15,107       6,702  
                 
Net cash from (used in) operating activities     (46,160 )     (85,435 )
                 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:

               
Increase in App development of “You’ve Got The Part”     (7,270 )     (110,205 )
Net cash from (used in) investment activities     (7,270 )     (110,205 )
                 
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:                

Increase in notes and debentures payable (net)

    52,194       91,134  
Increase in common shares issued and additional paid in capital           96,722  
                 
Net cash from (used in) financing activities     52,194       187,856  
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash     (1,236 )     (7,784 )
                 
Cash - beginning of period     4,088       10,836  
                 
Cash - end of period   $ 2,852     $ 3,052  
                 
Supplemental information of transactions not involving cash:                
Reduction in accrued expenses   $ (55,238 )   $ (83,747 )
Increase in share capital and additional paid in capital     55,238       83,747  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

 

  F-4  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the 6 Months ended June 30, 2019

 


(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

The Company was formed on July 11, 1996, in the State of Nevada.

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., including its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”), is an independent global entertainment content production and distribution company that connects with audiences through compelling motion picture content and social media websites (www.Global-GBHL.com). The Company’s primary focus is the production, financing and sales of motion pictures and other entertainment related content, conducted through its subsidiary, Global Universal Film Group, Inc. (www.GlobalUniversal.com), which also manages the Company’s Global Entertainment Classics Library with approximately 2,000 titles of iconic Hollywood classic movies, TV shows, shorts and vintage cartoons  (www.GlobalEntClassics.com). Management has long-term relationships with third party distributors for U.S. and for international distribution, primarily on a pre-sales basis. The Company also takes advantage of beneficial production tax incentives offered by state and foreign governments to both lower its production cost and mitigate investment risk.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., its subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) where the Company is considered the primary beneficiary, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Investments in business entities in which the Company lacks control but does have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for using the equity method. Accordingly, the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, and its Subsidiaries: Global Entertainment Media, Inc., Global Universal Film Group, Inc., You’ve Got the Part, Inc., WW Digital Marketing Group, Inc., California LitFunding, Inc., and its LLC: Global Entertainment Film Fund, LLC.

 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements

 

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash includes demand deposits. At June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018 none of the Company’s cash balances were in excess of federally insured limits.

 

 

 

  F-5  

 

 

Note Receivable

 

On September 22, 2008, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with its Canadian affiliate, Global Universal Pictures, Inc. (“GUP”), whereby the Company granted a worldwide, exclusive license to GUP to use the work entitled "Blue Seduction" (the "Film"). The license includes: (1) the right to promote the Film throughout the world in all languages and in all distribution markets, including TV, home video, DVD and non- theatrical and theatrical markets, and (2) merchandise rights relating to all goods and services appearing in the Film. The Company owns a thirty percent (30%) equity interest in GUP. As a condition to the license, GUP agreed to credit the Company as the source of the original concept for the Film. Gary Rasmussen, the Company's CEO, was the Executive Producer of the Film. Subject to financing of the Film, GUP agreed to pay the Company an all inclusive one-time fee of (i) U.S. $150,000, evidenced by a Promissory Note (the "Fee"), and (ii) revenue representing 50% of GUP's "Net Receipts" from the sale of the Film rights in the worldwide marketplace. The balance due under this Note, including interest receivable thereon, amounts to $ 88,425 at June 30, 2019 and at December 31,2018. No allowance has been made against any risk of collectability.

 

Securities

 

In connection with an agreement between the Company and a third party investor, dated February 28, 2017, the Company was provided with a firm financing commitment. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company acquired from the third party 3 million common shares of Apcentive Inc., a private company, in exchange for 3 million common shares of GBHL common stock having a market value of $ 7,500 at the date of issuance. On August 4, 2017, the Company received a stock certificate representing 3,424,550 shares of Airborne Wireless Network (“ABWN”) restricted common stock, dated July 19, 2017, in exchange for its 3 million shares of Apcentive in connection with Apcentive’s pro-rata distribution of 40 million shares of ABWN it held. The Company did pledge a portion of its ABWN holdings as collateral for $215,000 in debt financing that was used primarily to fund the development of the web platform and mobile App for “You’ve Got The Part”. However, before the Company was legally able to remove the restrictive endorsement on the ABWN shares, the value of the shares declined rapidly last June to the point where the ABWN shares owned by the Company were worthless. As a result, the Company was unable to repay this loan and the lender is now converting the note to common stock. Management recognized that this asset was significantly impaired and has fully reserved the loss accordingly.

 

Impairment

 

The Company periodically reviews for the impairment of its assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be realizable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. At June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, except for the impairment in its Securities referred to above, Company has not identified any other impairment losses.

 

Fixed Assets

 

Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over a period of the shorter of the related applicable lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 5 years. At June 30, 2019, and December 31, 2018, the Company’s fixed assets were fully depreciated.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

 

 

  F-6  

 

 

Income taxes

 

Under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, the Company is required to account for its income taxes through the establishment of a deferred tax asset or liability for the recognition of future deductible or taxable amounts and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized as a result of timing differences between the recognition of assets and liabilities for book and tax purposes during the year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating losses, and tax credit carry forwards. A valuation allowance is established to reduce that deferred tax asset if it is “more likely than not” that the related tax benefits will not be realized. At this time, no provision for the payment of income taxes is required on the results of the Company’s operations through June 30, 2019. Accumulated net losses, on a consolidated basis, through June 30, 2019, totaled approximately $ 13 million.

 

Inventory of Movie and Other Rights

 

The Inventory of movie and other rights consist of Book Rights, TV Game/Reality Show Rights, Film Rights and Movie costs. These are recorded as assets as required by the AICPA Statement of Position 00-2. The costs will be amortized using the individual film forecast computation method. Expenditures that are related to specific Film, TV or Book projects are capitalized as a long-term asset. The capitalized costs will be amortized using the individual film forecast computation method as film revenues are obtained. The Other IP Rights of $ 75,450 relate to the acquisition of 10,000,000 shares of WW Digital Marketing Group, Inc., whose primary asset is a web portal known as “WeedWeb.com.”

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue of $ 469,685 at June 30, 2019, and December 31, 2018, relates to the following motion pictures:

 

“Blue Seduction”   $ 19,685  
“American Sunset”     150,000  
“Plaster Rock”     150,000  
“The Night”     150,000  
    $ 469,685  

 

Revenue recognition

 

Film revenue from licensing agreements is recognized when the license period begins and the licensee and the Company become contractually obligated under a non-cancellable agreement. All revenue recognition for license agreements is in compliance with the AICPA's Statement of Position 00-2, Accounting by Producers or Distributors of Films. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

· Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

· The products or services have been delivered; for feature film content products (DVDs, Blue-ray Discs, etc.) released or sold by our Global Universal Film Group subsidiary, we believe this condition is met when the film product is complete and, in accordance with the terms of our contractual arrangement, has been delivered or is available for immediate and unconditional sales and/or delivery;

 

· The license or sales period has begun;

 

· Collection of the arrangement fee or selling commission is fixed or determinable and reasonably assured.

 

 

 

  F-7  

 

 

Net Loss per Share

 

Net loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share.

 

Notes and Debentures Payable

 

Such outstanding amounts totaled $397,566 and $417,439 at June 30, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, and are currently due. The registered holders of the Debentures have the right, after one year prior to maturity, to convert the principal at the original conversion price of $0.10 for one Common share or at the adjusted conversion price. If and whenever on or after the date of this debenture, the Company issues or sells any share of common stock for a consideration per share less than the initial conversion rate, then upon such issue or sale, the initial conversion rate shall be reduced to the lowest net price per share at which such share of common stock have been issued. The debentures are subordinated to all the senior indebtedness, including debts under equity participation agreements.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

There have been no new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB applicable to the Company’s operations in either the 3 months ended June 30,2019 or 12 months ended December 31, 2018. Any FASB pronouncements, as applicable, has been or will be adopted by the Company accordingly.

 

NOTE 3 – SHARE CAPITAL

 

Series “B” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Pursuant to the reverse tri-party merger with Global Universal Film Group, Inc. (GUFG), we issued a total of 1,500,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the stockholder’s of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen, our current CEO, owned 50% of the shares of GUFG and also received 750,000 Series B Shares in the merger. Ms. Jacqueline Giroux, President of GUFG, received the balance of 750,000 shares. In December 2007, we issued an additional 2,490,134 shares of Series B Preferred stock in exchange for the cancellation of $273,915 in debt of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen received 343,227 shares directly in his name; Rochester Capital Partners received 641,225 shares in its name; and Ms. Giroux received 1,505,682 shares directly in her name.

As June 30, 2019, the Company had a total of 3,990,314 shares of Series B Preferred stock outstanding, which are convertible into 3,990,134 shares of common stock at any time.

 

The rights and preferences of the Series B shares are as follows:

 

Dividend Provisions. The holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends on the Preferred Stock.

 

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $0.001 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (“Original Series B Issue Price”) and (ii) an amount equal to the Original Series B Issue Price for each twelve (12) months that has passed since the date of issuance of any Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Spin-off Rights. At the election of a majority in interest of the Series B Preferred Stock, GUFG shall be spun off to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, with 90% of such shares in GUFG being issued, pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, and 10% being issued and distributed to the shareholders of the Company in common stock on a pro-rata basis. This provision was eliminated entirely with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007.

 

 

 

  F-8  

 

 

Conversion. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the election of the holder, into one (1) share of the Company’s common stock on such date as the majority shareholders of all Series B have elected to effect the Spin-Off transaction; however, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock of the Company after twelve (12) months from the date of LitFunding’s acquisition of Film Group, regardless of whether or not an election has been made to spin-off Film Group. This provision was amended with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007. The conversion into common stock may be made at any time, without conditions, by the holders of the Series B Preferred stock. The Series B Preferred stock is not affected or adjusted for any forward or reverse stock splits.

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series B Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights except as to issues affecting the rights and preferences of the entire class of the Series B Preferred.

 

Series “C” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In January, 2008, in keeping with the restructuring efforts of the new management team, the Board authorized the issuance of 6,000,000 shares of a non-dilutive, convertible preferred stock entitled, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Stock”). The Series C Stock is non-dilutive and, the initial 6,000,000 shares authorized, will convert into 60% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as calculated immediately after such conversion. On April 4, 2008, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation relating to its Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State. On November 8, 2008, the Board approved an amendment to the Certificate of Designation of the Series C, which provided for 6,500,000 shares authorized, converting into 65% of the outstanding common stock at the time of conversion, to correct an error in the original filing. A full description of the terms and conditions of the Series C Preferred Stock is provided in Exhibit 3.3, as filed with our quarterly report with the SEC on Form 10-QSB on August 14, 2008.

 

As of June 30, 2019 the Company had 6,500,000 Series “C” Stock issued and outstanding.

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series C Preferred Stock carry voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which they are convertible. As of June 30, 2019 the entire class of Series C Preferred Stock could convert into approximately 472 million shares of common stock and carry an equal amount in voting rights.

 

Series “D” Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors had previously authorized the issuance of up to 10,000 shares of Series D Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock with a Stated Liquidation Value of $100 per share (the “Series D Preferred”), to be offered to investors pursuant to the terms of a private offering document designed to raise capital for You’ve Got The Part. Upon receipt of proceeds from the private offering, the Company plans to file a Certificate of Amendment with the Nevada Secretary of State to modify the terms of the original Certificate of Designation to comport to the offering.

 

As of June 30, 2019, the Company had no shares of Series “D” Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

 

 

 

  F-9  

 

 

NOTE 4 – GOING CONCERN

 

The Company has historically incurred losses since inception and has only recently approached periods of profitable and/or breakeven operations. However, there can be no assurance that the Company can reach, or will continue to operate profitably. Unless significant additional cash flows are raised by the Company, the Company could be in jeopardy of continuing operations. The Company seeks to generate needed funds to continue ongoing operations from the sale of film rights, for which it acts as a selling agent or receives a participation in profits, joint ventures, the sale of Company stock through a Private Placement, Regulation A+ and/or a Crowdfunding offering, advances from the primary shareholder, or by entering into financing arrangements with third-parties including, but not limited to, possible off-balance sheet financing arrangement in connection with its movie production activities.

 

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Contingent asset and corresponding liability

 

(a) Effective November 11, 2015 the Company acquired the rights to approximately 1,900 digital masters to motion pictures, television series, vintage films and short form content and cartoons for worldwide distribution. In this regard, the Company is presently entertaining several output deals for distribution of the library, as well as negotiating for transcoding and closed captioning services of the digital content. These rights entitle the Company to distribute this digital content on a variety of platforms, including but not limited to traditional broadcast TV, electronic sell-through, video-on-demand, online subscription and advertising supported channels, over-the- top IP channels, mobile and multi-screen devices and legacy set-top boxes and game consoles. Payment for the acquisition of the library will be handled on a revenue share basis, with the Company agreeing to remit 50% of the net proceeds from exploitation of the digital content with the rights seller up to an initial contingent payable cap to the seller of $480,000. As an added inducement to the seller, the Company agreed to issue one million restricted common shares within 30 days from the execution of the Purchase Agreement. At June 30, 2019 no revenue share liability was due or had accrued to the seller.

 

(b) On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into a Corporate Services Agreement for a 1-year renewable term with a foreign investment advisory group to provide various corporate capital services, including but not limited to, providing introductions to qualified potential investors in connection with the Company’s proposed plan to raise capital through a private offering of $3 Million, to be substantially used to complete, launch and promote its “You’ve Got The Part” social media platform. If successful, the foreign investment advisor would receive a cash fee equal to 10% of the capital raised. All proceeds from the capital raise would be initially placed in Escrow until the full $3 Million has been raised (or such lesser amount as may be agreed upon between the parties) before the capital raised can be released to the Company. At June 30,2019 and at the date of this filing, no such capital raise has occurred.

 

(c) Also, on November 6, 2018, the Company engaged the services of a third-party financial advisor under a 1-year renewable term. As consideration, but contingent upon the actual successful raise of the $ 3 million new capital, the financial advisor is eligible to receive an initial 12 million shares of the Company’s restricted common stock. Additionally, upon the Company’s receipt of $3 Million from Escrow (in connection with the private offering described above), the financial advisor would be entitled to receive an estimated 31.5 shares of restricted common stock. Since the contemplated capital raise has not yet occurred, no such stock issuance is applicable at this time.

 

 

 

  F-10  

 

 

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

(a) On July 16, 2019, the Company issued 8,000,000 common shares to Auctus Fund, LLC under the Company’s 12%, $ 215,000 convertible note. The conversion to common stock was made at the discounted stock price of $0.0012 (proceeds totaling $9,600), which were applied against accrued interest payable under the convertible note.

 

Accordingly, at the date of this filing, the Company’s issued and outstanding common shares totaled 272,280,133.

 

(b) On July 19, 2019, the Company’s directors authorized by Board Resolution and, on July 31, 2019, the majority of shareholders entitled to vote approved by written consent, an amendment of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase to the authorized share capital from 470 million common and 30 million preferred shares, to 1,950 million common and 50 million preferred shares effective as of August 1, 2019. The purpose for this increase is to enable the Company to secure additional equity financing needed to complete the development of and marketing and promotional expenses to launch the “You’ve Got The Part” web platform and related mobile Apps. To this extent, the Board approved a proposed offering under Regulation A+, which the Company plans to file an offering statement on Form 1-A with the SEC next week.

 

Therefore, on August 1, 2019, the Company’s officers filed a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of the State of Nevada to effect said increase in its authorized capital stock as described above. The Certificate of Amendment is expected to be finalized by the State of Nevada within ten days. Additionally, the par value of the Company’s capital stock, which was $ 0.001 per share, was lowered to $0.0001 per share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F-11  

 

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

 

For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2018

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited)  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited)  
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 12 Months Ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (unaudited)  
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F-12  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

    December 31,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
ASSETS            
             
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,088     $ 10,836  
Note receivable, including accrued interest thereon     88,425       88,425  
Total current assets     92,513       99,261  
                 
Securities, at the lower of cost or net realizable value           7,500  
                 
Fixed assets, net of depreciation            
                 
Other assets:                
Movie inventory and other rights, at cost     750,723       750,723  
Other intellectual property rights     75,450       75,450  
App development and other prepaid expenses     144,405        
All other     1,130       1,130  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 1,064,221     $ 934,064  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $ 38,903     $ 68,903  
Accrued expenses     75,917       177,990  
Notes and debentures payable     417,439       342,665  
Total current liabilities     532,259       589,558  
                 
Deferred revenue     469,685       469,685  
                 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)                
Share Capital, $ 0.001 par value                
                 
Preferred shares:                
Convertible Series B: 4,000,000 authorized; 3,990,314 issued and outstanding     3,990       3,990  
Convertible Series C: 6,500,000 authorized; 6,500,000 issued and outstanding     6,500       6,500  
Convertible Series D: 10,000 authorized; None issued and outstanding            
                 
Common shares:                
470,000,000 authorized; 251,280,133 and 211,458,433 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and December 31 2017, respectively     251,280       211,458  
Additional paid-in capital     12,981,301       12,601,087  
Accumulated deficit     (13,180,794 )     (12,948,214 )
                 
Total stockholder’s equity (deficit)     62,277       (125,179 )
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES, DEFERRED REVENUE AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT   $ 1,064.221     $ 934,064  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

 

 

  F-13  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATION

(Unaudited)

 

 

    12 Months Ended December 31,  
    2018     217  
Revenue                
                 
Sales and license fees   $ 10,446        
                 
Cost of Sales     (8,183 )      
                 
    2,263        
Expense                
                 
General and administrative     120,547       67,842  
                 
Net operating loss     (118,285 )     (67,842 )
                 
Other income (expense)                
Loan interest forgiveness     517       11,088  
Interest and finance cost (net)     (74,879 )     (17,676 )
Impairment reserve on securities     (7,500 )      
                 
Other income (expense)     (81,862 )     (6,588 )
                 
Net loss   $ (200,147 )   $ (74,430 )
                 
               
Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted   $ (0.00084 )   $ (0.00037 )
               
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding     238,155,074       197,165,344  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

 

  F-14  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

    12 Months Ended  
    2018     2017  
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:                
                 
Net loss   $ (200,147 )   $ (74,430 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash for non-cash items:                
Stock used to pay compensation     4,739       2,250  
Impairment reserve on securities     7,500        
Loan interest forgiven     51       (11,088)  
    (187,391 )     (83,268 )
Net change in current assets and liabilities:                
Decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses     103,236       18,803  
                 
Net cash from (used in) operating activities     (84,155 )     (64,465 )
                 
Cash flows used in investing activities:                
Acquisition of securities, at cost           (7,500 )
App. development and other prepaid expenses     (144,405 )      
                 
      (144,405 )     (7,500  
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Increase in notes and debentures payable (net)     74,774       60,590  
Increase in common shares and additional paid in capital     147,038       20,850  
                 
      221,812       81,440  
                 
Increase (decrease) in cash     (6,748 )     9,475  
                 
Cash - beginning of period     10,836       1,361  
                 
Cash - end of period   $ 4,088     $ 10,836  
                 
Supplemental Information of transactions not involving cash:            
Reduction in accounts payable & accrued expenses   $ (37,837 )   $ (210,500 )
                 
Increase in share & additional paid-in capital     37,837       210,500  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

 

  F-15  

 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the 12 Months ended December 31, 2018

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

 

The Company was formed on July 11, 1996, in the State of Nevada.

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., including its consolidated subsidiaries (the “Company”), is an independent global entertainment content production and distribution company that connects with audiences through compelling motion picture content and social media websites (www.Global-GBHL.com). The Company’s primary focus is the production, financing and sales of motion pictures and other entertainment related content, conducted through its subsidiary, Global Universal Film Group, Inc. (www.GlobalUniversal.com), which also manages the Company’s Global Entertainment Classics Library with approximately 2,000 titles of iconic Hollywood classic movies, TV shows, shorts and vintage cartoons (www.GlobalEntClassics.com). Management has long-term relationships with third party distributors for U.S. and for international distribution, primarily on a pre-sales basis. The Company also takes advantage of beneficial production tax incentives offered by state and foreign governments to both lower its production cost and mitigate investment risk.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., its subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) where the Company is considered the primary beneficiary, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Investments in business entities in which the Company lacks control but does have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for using the equity method. Accordingly, the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, and its Subsidiaries: Global Entertainment Media, Inc., Global Universal Film Group, Inc., You’ve Got the Part, Inc., WW Digital Marketing Group, Inc., California LitFunding, Inc., and its LLC: Global Entertainment Film Fund, LLC.

 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Use of estimates in the preparation of financial statements

 

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash includes demand deposits. At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 none of the Company’s cash balances were in excess of federally insured limits.

 

Note Receivable

 

On September 22, 2008, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with its Canadian affiliate, Global Universal Pictures, Inc. (“GUP”), whereby the Company granted a worldwide, exclusive license to GUP to use the work entitled "Blue Seduction" (the "Film"). The license includes: (1) the right to promote the Film throughout the world in all languages and in all distribution markets, including TV, home video, DVD and non- theatrical and theatrical markets, and (2) merchandise rights relating to all goods and services appearing in the Film. The Company owns a thirty percent (30%) equity interest in GUP. As a condition to the license, GUP agreed to credit the Company as the source of the original concept for the Film. Gary Rasmussen, the Company's CEO, was the Executive Producer of the Film. Subject to financing of the Film, GUP agreed to pay the Company an all inclusive one-time fee of (i) U.S. $150,000, evidenced by a Promissory Note (the "Fee"), and (ii) revenue representing 50% of GUP's "Net Receipts" from the sale of the Film rights in the worldwide marketplace. The balance due under this Note, including interest receivable thereon, amounts to $ 88,425 at December 31, 2018 and at December 31,2017. No allowance has been made against any risk of collectability.

 

 

 

  F-16  

 

 

Securities

 

In connection with an agreement between the Company and a third party investor, dated February 28, 2017, the Company was provided with a firm financing commitment. Pursuant to such agreement, the Company acquired from the third party 3 million common shares of Apcentive Inc., a private company, in exchange for 3 million common shares of GBHL common stock having a market value of $ 7,500 at the date of issuance. On August 4, 2017, the Company received a stock certificate representing 3,424,550 shares of Airborne Wireless Network (“ABWN”) restricted common stock, dated July 19, 2017, in exchange for its 3 million shares of Apcentive in connection with Apcentive’s pro-rata distribution of 40 million shares of ABWN it held. The Company had intended to pledge a portion of its ABWN holdings as collateral for debt financing to fund the development, launch and promotion of the web platform for You’ve Got The Part, and its related mobile Apps. However, before the Company was legally able to remove the restrictive endorsement on the ABWN shares, the value of the shares declined rapidly last June to the point where the ABWN shares owned by the Company were practically worthless. At December 31, 2018 Management recognized that this asset was impaired and fully reserved the loss accordingly.

 

Impairment

 

The Company periodically reviews for the impairment of its assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be realizable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, except for the impairment in its Securities referred to above, Company has not identified any other impairment losses.

 

Fixed Assets

 

Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over a period of the shorter of the related applicable lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 3 to 5 years. At December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, the Company’s fixed assets were fully depreciated.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

Income taxes

 

Under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”, the Company is required to account for its income taxes through the establishment of a deferred tax asset or liability for the recognition of future deductible or taxable amounts and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized as a result of timing differences between the recognition of assets and liabilities for book and tax purposes during the year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating losses, and tax credit carry forwards. A valuation allowance is established to reduce that deferred tax asset if it is “more likely than not” that the related tax benefits will not be realized. At this time, no provision for the payment of income taxes is required on the results of the Company’s operations through December 31, 2018. Accumulated net losses, on a consolidated basis, through December 31, 2018, totaled approximately $ 13 million.

 

Inventory of Movie and Other Rights

 

The Inventory of movie and other rights consist of Book Rights, TV Game/Reality Show Rights, Film Rights and Movie costs. These are recorded as assets as required by the AICPA Statement of Position 00-2. The costs will be amortized using the individual film forecast computation method. Expenditures that are related to specific Film, TV or Book projects are capitalized as a long-term asset. The capitalized costs will be amortized using the individual film forecast computation method as film revenues are obtained. The Other IP Rights of $ 75,450 relate to the acquisition of 10,000,000 shares of WW Digital Marketing Group, Inc., whose primary asset is a web portal known as “WeedWeb.com.”

 

 

 

  F-17  

 

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue of $ 469,685 at December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, relates to the following motion pictures:

 

“Blue Seduction”   $ 19,685  
“American Sunset”     150,000  
“Plaster Rock”     150,000  
“The Night”     150,000  
    $ 469,685  

 

Revenue recognition

 

Film revenue from licensing agreements is recognized when the license period begins and the licensee and the Company become contractually obligated under a non-cancellable agreement. All revenue recognition for license agreements is in compliance with the AICPA's Statement of Position 00-2, Accounting by Producers or Distributors of Films. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

· Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
     
· The products or services have been delivered; for feature film content products (DVDs, Blue-ray Discs, etc.) released or sold by our Global Universal Film Group subsidiary, we believe this condition is met when the film product is complete and, in accordance with the terms of our contractual arrangement, has been delivered or is available for immediate and unconditional sales and/or delivery;
     
· The license or sales period has begun;
     
· Collection of the arrangement fee or selling commission is fixed or determinable and reasonably assured.

 

Net Loss per Share

 

Net loss per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share.

 

Notes and Debentures Payable, Outstanding amounts totaled $417,439 and $342,665 at December 31 2018, and December 31, 2017, respectively, and are currently due. The registered holders of the debentures have the right, after one year prior to maturity, to convert the principal at the original conversion price of $0.10 for one Common share or at the adjusted conversion price. If and whenever on or after the date of this debenture, the Company issues or sells any share of common stock for a consideration per share less than the initial conversion rate, then upon such issue or sale, the initial conversion rate shall be reduced to the lowest net price per share at which such share of common stock have been issued. The debentures are subordinated to all the senior indebtedness, including debts under equity participation agreements.

 

A Listing of Notes and Debentures Payable outstanding as at December 31, 2018 follows:

 

Notes Payable:   Date of Note   Principal  
Individual(s)   03/22/2010   $ 5,000  
    04/14/2010     5,000  
    04/21/2010     1,300  
    06/03/2010     1,800  
    06/10/2010     15,000  
    09/30/2010     10,000  

 

 

 

  F-18  

 

 

Notes Payable:   Date of Note   Principal        
    12/30/2010    

786

      Convertible  
    06/10/2011     5,000       Convertible  
    11/07/2011     7,500       Convertible  
Corporation   02/6/2017     4,500          
Consultant   03/11/2014     2,000          
    05/14/2014     1,000          
    08/29/2014     1,200          
    06/02/2015     2,000          
Company Officer   01/03/2018     60,397       Convertible  
    01/03/2018     9,956       Advance  
Corporation   04/12/2018     215,000       Convertible  
    07/20/2018     30,000          
    Total Notes Payable   $ 377,439          
                     
Debentures Payable                    
                     
Individual(s)   12/18/2002     10,000          
    12/20/2002     10,000          
    01/23/2003     10,000          
    02/07/2003     10,000          
    Total Debentures Payable   $ 40,000          
                     
Total Notes and Debentures – December 31, 2018   $ 417,439          

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

There have been no new accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB applicable to the Company’s operations in either the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 or 2017. Any FASB pronouncements, as applicable, has been or will be adopted by the Company accordingly.

 

NOTE 3 – SHARE CAPITAL

 

Series “B” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Pursuant to the reverse tri-party merger with Global Universal Film Group, Inc. (GUFG), we issued a total of 1,500,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the stockholder’s of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen, our current CEO, owned 50% of the shares of GUFG and also received 750,000 Series B Shares in the merger. Ms. Jacqueline Giroux, President of GUFG, received the balance of 750,000 shares. In December 2007, we issued an additional 2,490,134 shares of Series B Preferred stock in exchange for the cancellation of $273,915 in debt of GUFG. Mr. Rasmussen received 343,227 shares directly in his name; Rochester Capital Partners received 641,225 shares in its name; and Ms. Giroux received 1,505,682 shares directly in her name.

 

As December 31, 2018, the Company had a total of 3,990,314 shares of Series B Preferred stock outstanding, which are convertible into 3,990,134 shares of common stock at any time.

 

 

 

  F-19  

 

 

The rights and preferences of the Series B shares are as follows:

 

Dividend Provisions. The holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends on the Preferred Stock.

 

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $0.001 for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (“Original Series B Issue Price”) and (ii) an amount equal to the Original Series B Issue Price for each twelve (12) months that has passed since the date of issuance of any Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Spin-off Rights. At the election of a majority in interest of the Series B Preferred Stock, GUFG shall be spun off to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, with 90% of such shares in GUFG being issued, pro rata to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, and 10% being issued and distributed to the shareholders of the Company in common stock on a pro-rata basis. This provision was eliminated entirely with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007.

 

Conversion. Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, at the election of the holder, into one (1) share of the Company’s common stock on such date as the majority shareholders of all Series B have elected to effect the Spin-Off transaction; however, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into shares of Common Stock of the Company after twelve (12) months from the date of LitFunding’s acquisition of Film Group, regardless of whether or not an election has been made to spin-off Film Group. This provision was amended with the filing of an amendment to the designation of rights and preferences of our Series B Preferred with the State of Nevada on December 6, 2007. The conversion into common stock may be made at any time, without conditions, by the holders of the Series B Preferred stock. The Series B Preferred stock is not affected or adjusted for any forward or reverse stock splits.

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series B Preferred Stock do not have any voting rights except as to issues affecting the rights and preferences of the entire class of the Series B Preferred.

 

Series “C” Convertible Preferred Stock

 

In January, 2008, in keeping with the restructuring efforts of the new management team, the Board authorized the issuance of 6,000,000 shares of a non-dilutive, convertible preferred stock entitled, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Stock”). The Series C Stock is non-dilutive and, the initial 6,000,000 shares authorized, will convert into 60% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as calculated immediately after such conversion. On April 4, 2008, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation relating to its Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State. On November 8, 2008, the Board approved an amendment to the Certificate of Designation of the Series C, which provided for 6,500,000 shares authorized, converting into 65% of the outstanding common stock at the time of conversion, to correct an error in the original filing. A full description of the terms and conditions of the Series C Preferred Stock is provided in Exhibit 3.3, as filed with our quarterly report with the SEC on Form 10-QSB on August 14, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2018 the Company had 6,500,000 Series “C” Stock issued and outstanding.

 

Voting Rights. The shares of the Series C Preferred Stock carry voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which they are convertible. As of December 31, 2018 the entire class of Series C Preferred Stock could convert into approximately 472 million shares of common stock and carry an equal amount in voting rights.

 

Series “D” Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock

 

The Board of Directors had previously authorized the issuance of up to 10,000 shares of Series D Convertible, Participating Preferred Stock with a Stated Liquidation Value of $100 per share (the “Series D Preferred”), to be offered to investors pursuant to the terms of a private offering document designed to raise capital for You’ve Got The Part. Upon receipt of proceeds from the private offering, the Company plans to file a Certificate of Amendment with the Nevada Secretary of State to modify the terms of the original Certificate of Designation to comport to the offering.

 

 

 

  F-20  

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had no shares of Series “D” Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

 

NOTE 4 – GOING CONCERN

 

The Company has historically incurred losses since inception and has only recently approached periods of profitable and/or breakeven operations. However, there can be no assurance that the Company can reach, or will continue to operate profitably. Unless significant additional cash flows are raised by the Company, the Company could be in jeopardy of continuing operations. The Company seeks to generate needed funds to continue ongoing operations from the sale of film rights, for which it acts as a selling agent or receives a participation in profits, joint ventures, the sale of Company stock through a Private Placement, Regulation A+ and/or a Crowdfunding offering, advances from the primary shareholder, or by entering into financing arrangements with third-parties including, but not limited to, possible off-balance sheet financing arrangement in connection with its movie production activities.

 

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Contingent asset and corresponding liability

 

(a) Effective November 11, 2015 the Company acquired the rights to approximately 2,000 digital masters to motion pictures, television series, vintage films and short form content and cartoons for worldwide distribution. In this regard, the Company is presently entertaining several output deals for distribution of the library, as well as negotiating for transcoding and closed captioning services of the digital content. These rights entitle the Company to distribute this digital content on a variety of platforms, including but not limited to traditional broadcast TV, electronic sell-through, video-on-demand, online subscription and advertising supported channels, over-the-top IP channels, mobile and multi-screen devices and legacy set-top boxes and game consoles. Payment for the acquisition of the library will be handled on a revenue share basis, with the Company agreeing to remit 50% of the net proceeds from exploitation of the digital content with the rights seller up to an initial contingent payable cap to the seller of $480,000. As an added inducement to the seller, the Company agreed to issue one million restricted common shares within 30 days from the execution of the Purchase Agreement. At December 31, 2018 no revenue share liability was due or had accrued to the seller.
     
(b) On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into a Corporate Services Agreement for a 1-year renewable term with a foreign investment advisory group to provide various corporate capital services, including but not limited to, providing introductions to qualified potential investors in connection with the Company’s proposed plan to raise capital through a private offering of $3 Million, to be substantially used to complete, launch and promote its “You’ve Got The Part” social media platform. If successful, the foreign investment advisor would receive a cash fee equal to 10% of the capital raised. All proceeds from the capital raise would be initially placed in Escrow until the full $3 Million has been raised (or such lesser amount as may be agreed upon between the parties) before the capital raised can be released to the Company. At December 31 2018 and at the date of this filing, no such capital raise has occurred.
     
(c) Also, on November 6, 2018, the Company engaged the services of a third-party financial advisor under a 1-year renewable term. As consideration, but contingent upon the actual successful raise of $ 3 million in new capital, the financial advisor is eligible to receive an initial 12 million shares of the Company’s restricted common stock. Additionally, upon the Company’s receipt of $3 Million from Escrow (in connection with the private offering described above), the financial advisor would be entitled to receive an estimated 31.5 shares of restricted common stock. Since the contemplated capital raise has not yet occurred, no such stock issuance is applicable at this time.

 

 

 

  F-21  

 

 

PART III—EXHIBITS

 

Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number Exhibit Description
   
2.1 Articles of Incorporation
2.2  By-Laws
2.3 Certificate of Designation - Series A
2.4 Certificate of Designation - Series B
2.5 Amendment to Certificate of Designation after Issuance of Class or Series - Series B
2.6 Certificate of Designation - Series C
2.7 Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
2.8 Amendment to Certificate of Designation
2.9 Certificate of Designation - Series D
3.1 Specimen Stock Certificate
4.1 Subscription Agreement
6.1  Employment Agreement of Gary Rasmussen
6.2 Indemnification Agreement of Gary Rasmussen
6.3 Employment Agreement of Alan Bailey
6.4 Indemnification Agreement of Alan Bailey
6.5 Incentive Stock Plan
6.6 Management Stock Bonus Plan
6.8 Annual Bonus Performance Plan for Executive Officers
12.1 Consent of Lux Law, P.A. (included in Exhibit 12.2)
12.2 Opinion of Lux Law, P.A.
   

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  III-1  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, State of Nevada, on August 22, 2019.

 

(Exact name of issuer as specified in its charter): Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.
   
By (Signature and Title): /s/      Gary Rasmussen
  Gary Rasmussen  
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).

 

 

This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

(Signature): /s/ Gary Rasmussen 
  Gary Rasmussen
(Title): Chief Executive Officer
   
(Date): August 22, 2019

 

(Signature): /s/ Alan Bailey  
  Alan Bailey     
(Title): Chief Financial Officer
   
(Date): August 22, 2019

 

 

SIGNATURES OF DIRECTORS:

 

 

/s/ Gary Rasmussen

 

August 22, 2019

     Gary Rasmussen, Director   Date

 

/s/ Alan Bailey

 

August 22, 2019

  Alan Bailey, Director   Date
     

 

 

/s/ Stanley Weiner

 

August 22, 2019

  Stanley Weiner, Director   Date
     

 

/s/ Virginia Perfili

 

August 22, 2019

  Virginia Perfili, Director   Date
     

 

 

  III-2  

Exhibit 2.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

RP ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

 

FIRST. The name of this corporation is

 

RP ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

 

SECOND. The registered office of this corporation in the State of Nevada is located at 318 North Carson Street, Suite 214, Carson City, Nevada 89701. The name of its resident agent at that address is State Agent and Transfer Syndicate, Inc.

 

THIRD. This corporation is authorized to carry on any lawful business or enterprise.

 

FOURTH. The total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is one million (1,000,000) of the par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001) each.

 

FIFTH. The governing board of this corporation shall be known as directors, and the number of directors may from time to time be increased or decreased in such manner as shall be provided by the bylaws of this corporation.

 

The names and addresses of the first board of directors, which shall be one (1) in number is as follows:

 

  NAME ADDRESS
     
  Robert Penta

13261 Moorpark Street

Sherman Oaks, California 91423

 

SIXTH. The name and address of the incorporator signing the articles of incorporation are as follows:

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

RP ENTERTAINMENT, INC.,

a Nevada corporation

 

We the undersigned President and Assistant Secretary of RP Entertainment, Inc. (the "Corporation"), do hereby certify:

 

1. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting duly convened, held on the 4th day of September 1996, adopted a resolution to amend the original articles as follows:

 

ARTICLE FOURTH

 

Article FOURTH is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

Section 1. Authorized Shares.

 

The authorized capital stock of the Corporation is fifty million (50,000,000) shares of Common Stock at a par value of $0.001 per share and shall be voting stock; and ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value and which may be, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, issued in alphanumeric series with the rights and preferences designated at the time of issue by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Consideration for Shares.

 

All shares of Common Stock shall be Issued by the Corporation for cash, property, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. In the absence of fraud, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of any property received in full or partial payment for shares shall be conclusive.

 

2. The number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is 1,000,000 and the change(s) and amendment have been consented to and approved by a majority vote of the stockholders holding at least a majority of each class of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

 

 

  /s/ John Holt Smith  
  John Holt Smith  
  Chief Executive Officer  
     
     
  /s/ John Holt Smith  
  John Holt Smith  
  Assistant Secretary  

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

 

  NAME ADDRESS
     
  John Holt Smith

1901 Avenue of the Stars, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90087

 

SEVENTH. To the fullest extent permitted by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, an officer or director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages due to breach of fiduciary duty as such officer or director.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinabove named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada, do make and file these articles of incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein as stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2nd day of July 1996.

 

 

  /s/ John Holt Smith
  John Holt Smith
  Incorporator

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Article #1: The name of the corporation is:
   
  LitFunding Corp.
   
Article #2: The name and address of the Resident Agent is:
   
  Paracorp Incorporated
318 N Carson St #208
Carson City NV 89701
   
Article #3: The type of business is to engage in any lawful activity for which a corporation may be duly organized under the General Corporation Law of Nevada.
   
Article #4: The total authorized capital of the corporation is:
   
  100,000,000 shares at $.001 par value
   
Article #5: The governing board of the corporation is one director(s). The number of directors may be changed by the board. The director's name and address is as follows:
   
 

Morton Reed

318 N. Carson St., #208

Carson City, NV 89701

   
Article #6: All shares are non-assessable at this time.
   
Article #7: The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Nevada Law.
   
Article #8: The corporation is authorized to indemnify the directors and officers of the corporation to the fullest extent permissible under Nevada Law.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

Article #9: The corporation shall have perpetual existence.
   
Article #10: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
   
 

Nancy A. Gaches

318 N. Carson St., #208

Carson City, Nv 89701

 

 

Signature:   /s/ Nancy A. Gaches

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT OF RESIDENT AGENT:

 

I, Paracorp Incorporated, hereby accept appointment as Resident Agent for LitFunding Corp.

 

/s/ Nancy A. Gaches for Paracorp Inc.      Date: August 15, 2002

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

 

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

 

204 North Carson Street

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4201

(775) 684 5708

Certificate of

Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

 

 

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

- Remit in Duplicate -

 

1. Name of corporation: RP Entertainment, Inc.

 

2. The articles have been amended as follows (provide article numbers, if available)

 

FIRST. The name of this corporation is LitFunding Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is:         a majority of the voting power.

 

4.  Officer Signature (Required):

 

/s/ John Holt Smith                                         

John Holt Smith, President/Secretary

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Certificate of Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

 

  ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

LitFunding Corp.  

 

2.  The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

 

Article FOURTH is hereby amended to read as follows:

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The authorized capital stock of the Corporation is one hundred million (100,000.000) shares of Common Stock at par value of $0.001 per share and shall be voting stock; and ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0,001 par value and which may be, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, issued in alphanumeric series with the rights and preferences designated at the time of issue by the Board of Directors. Section 2. Consideration for Shares. All shares of Common Stock shall be issued by the Corporation for cash, property, services performed, contracts for services to be performed or other consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors. In the absence of fraud, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of any property received in full or partial payment for shares shall be conclusive. The number of shares of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is 30,738,902 and the change(s) and amendment have been consented to and approved by a majority vote of the stockholders holding at least a majority of each class of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power, or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is:         a majority of the voting power.

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional)  
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  Officer Signature (Required):             /s/ Terry Gabby                                   

 

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

  

      Entity # C14934-1996
Certificate of Amendment   Document Number 20070322232-83
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.380)   Date Filed: 05/08/2007 10:39 AM
    Ross Miller
    Secretary of State

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.380 - Before Issuance of Stock)

 

1. Name of corporation:

LitFunding Corporation

 

2. The articles have been amended as follows (provide article numbers, if available)

 

The Board has resolved that the proper officers of the Corporation are hereby authorized and directed to prepare and file the appropriate documents to amend its Articles of Incorporation with the State of Nevada for the purpose of increasing the authorized capital stock of this Corporation to two hundred fifty million, of which two hundred thirty million (230,000,000) shares arc designated as Common Stock and twenty million (20,000,000) shares are designated as Preferred Stock.

 

The par value for all Common Stock and Preferred Stock is $0.001.

 

3.  The undersigned declare that they constitute at least two-thirds of the incorporators ☐, or of the board of directors ☒ (check one box only)

 

4. Effective date of filing (optional):  
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  The undersigned affirmatively declare that to the date of this certificate, no stock of the corporation has been issued.

 

6.  Signatures (If more than two signatures. attach an 8 1/2" x 11" plain sheet with the additional signatures.)

 

/s/ Morton Reed   /s/ Terry Gabby
Signature   Signature

 

 

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Certificate of Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

LitFunding Corp.

 

 

2.  The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

 

Article #1: The name of the corporation is Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 
Article # 4:
 
Section 1.    Authorized Shares
 

The total authorized capital stock of the corporation shall be two hundred fifty million (250,000,000) shares, of which two hundred thirty million (230,000,000) shares are designated as Common Stock, par value $0.001, and shall be voting stock; and twenty million (20,000,000) shares are designated as Preferred Stock, par value $0.001, which may be, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, issued in alphanumeric series with the rights and preferences designated at the time of issue by the Board of Directors.

 
(continued on attached page)

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power,
or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by
the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 58.7%

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional) 12/10/07
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  Officer Signature (Required):              /s/ Gary Rasmussen                                    

 

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

  11  
 

 

BARBARA K. CEGAVSKE

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

  

      Entity # C14934-1996
Certificate of Amendment   Document Number 20170041743-19
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.380)   Date Filed: 01/30/2017 10:15 AM
    Barbara K. Cegavske
    Secretary of State

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 AND 78.390 -After Issuance of Stock)

 

1. Name of corporation:

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2. The articles have been amended as follows (provide article numbers, if available)

Article IV:

 

Section 1. Authorized Shares.

 

The total authorized capital stock of the corporation shall be five hundred million (500,000,000) shares, of which four hundred seventy million (470,000,000) shares are designated as Common Stock, par value $0.001, and shall be voting stock; and thirty million (30,000,000) shares are designated as Preferred Stock, par value $0.001, which may be, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, issued in alphanumeric series with the rights and preferences designated at the time of issue by the Board of Directors.

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power,
or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by
the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 74.89%

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional) Date: January 31, 2017      Time: 9:00 am (PST)
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  Officer Signature (Required):

 

/s/ Gary Rasmussen, C. E. O.                                    

Signature of Officer

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

  12  

 

Exhibit 2.2

  

 

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

BYLAWS

OF

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

The principal office of the corporation shall be designated time to time by the corporation and may be within or outside of Nevada.

 

The corporation may have such other offices, either within or outside Nevada, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

 

The registered office of the corporation required by the General Corporation Law of Nevada to be maintained in Nevada may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a date and at a time fixed by the board of directors of the corporation (or by the president in the absence of action by the board of directors), beginning with the year 2016, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the election of directors is not held on the day fixed as provided herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held.

 

A shareholder may apply to the district court in the county in Nevada where the corporation's principal office is located or, if the corporation has no principal office in Nevada, to the district court of the county in which the corporation's registered office is located to seek an order that a shareholder meeting be held (i) if an annual meeting was not held within six months after the close of the corporation’s most recently ended fiscal year or fifteen months after its last annual meeting, whichever is earlier, or (ii) if the shareholder participated in a proper call of or proper demand for a special meeting and notice of the special meeting was not given within thirty days after the date of the call or the date the last of the demands necessary to require calling of the meeting was received by the corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Nevada, or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

 

Section 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise prescribed by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose by the president or by the board of directors. The president shall call a special meeting of the shareholders if the corporation receives one or more written demands for the meeting, stating the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held, signed and dated by holders of shares representing at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.

 

Section 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The board of directors may designate any place, either within or outside Nevada, as the place for any annual meeting or any special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or outside Nevada, as the place for such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting is called other than by the board, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

 

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETING. Written notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, except if any other longer period is required by the General Corporation Law of Nevada. The secretary shall be required to give such notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting except as otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of Nevada.

 

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

Notice of a special meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting except the purpose or purposes shall be stated with respect to (i) an amendment to the articles of incorporation of the corporation, (ii) a merger or share exchange in which the corporation is a party and, with respect to a share exchange, in which the corporation's shares will be acquired, (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition (i other than in the usual and regular course of business, of all or substantially all of the property of the corporation or of another entity which this corporation controls, in each case with or without the goodwill, (iv) a dissolution of the corporation, (v) restatement of the articles of incorporation, or (vi) any other purpose for which a statement of purpose is required by the General Corporation Law of Nevada. Notice shall be given personally or by mail, private carrier, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed and if in a comprehensible form, such notice shall be deemed to be given and effective when deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears in the corporation's current record of shareholders, with first class postage prepaid. If notice is given other than by mail, and provided that such notice is in a comprehensible form, the notice is given and to be effective when sent.

 

If requested by the person or persons lawfully calling such meeting, the secretary shall give notice thereof at corporate expense. No notice need be sent to any shareholder if three successive, notices mailed to the last known address of such shareholder have been returned as undeliverable until such time as another address for such shareholder is made known to the corporation by such shareholder. In order to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting, a shareholder shall advise the corporation in writing of any change in such shareholder's mailing address as shown on the corporation's books and records.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place of such meeting is announced before adjournment at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that may have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 120 days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a new notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as of the new record date.

 

A shareholder may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such shareholder. Such waiver shall be delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records, but this delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, by attending a meeting either in person or by proxy, a shareholder waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice. By attending the meeting, the shareholder also waives any objection to consideration at the meeting of a particular matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 

Section 5. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to (i) notice of or vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, (ii) receive distributions or share dividends, (iii) demand a special meeting, or (iv) make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix a future date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days, and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed by the directors, the record date shall be the day before the notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors providing for a distribution is adopted, as the case may be. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders is made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. Unless otherwise specified when the record date is fixed, the time of day for such determination shall be as of the corporation's close of business on the record date.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting or entitled to be given notice of action so taken shall be the date a writing upon which the action is taken is first received by the corporation. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting shall be the date of the earliest of any of the demands pursuant to which the meeting is called.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

Section 6. VOTING LISTS. After a record date is fixed for a shareholders' meeting, the secretary shall make, at the earlier often days before such meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting has been given, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to be given notice of such meeting or any adjournment thereof. The list shall be arranged by voting groups and within each voting group by class or series of shares, shall be in alphabetical order within each class or series, and shall show the address of and the number of shares of each class or series held by each shareholder. For the period beginning the earlier of ten days prior to the meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting is given and continuing through the meeting and any adjournment thereof, this list shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation, or at a place (which shall be identified in the notice) in the city where the meeting will be held. Such list shall be available for inspection on written demand by any shareholder (including for the purpose of this Section 6 any holder of voting trust certificates) or his agent or attorney during regular business hours and during the period available for inspection. The original share transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 

Any shareholder, his agent or attorney may copy the list during 'regular business hours and during the period it is available for inspection, provided (i) the shareholder has been a shareholder for at least three months immediately preceding the demand or holds at least five percent of all outstanding shares of any class of shares as of the date of the demand, (ii) the demand is made in good faith and for a purpose reasonably related to the demanding shareholder's interest as a shareholder, (iii) the shareholder describes with reasonable particularity the purpose and the records the shareholder desires to inspect, (iv) the records are directly connected with the described purpose, and (v) the shareholder pays a reasonable charge covering the costs of labor and material for such copies, not to exceed the estimated cost of production and reproduction.

 

Section 7. RECOGNITION PROCEDURE FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS~ The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The resolution may set forth (i) the types of nominees to which it applies, (ii) the rights or privileges that the corporation will recognize in a beneficial owner, which may include rights and privileges other than voting, (iii) the form of certification and the information to be contained therein, (iv) if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time within which the certification must be received by the corporation, (v) the period for which the nominee's use of the procedure is effective, and (vi) such other provisions with respect to the procedure as the board deems necessary or desirable. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certificate complying with the procedure established by the board of directors, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the registered holders of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

 

Section 8. QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by a voting group represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on the matter. If less than a majority of such votes are represented at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, for a period not to exceed 120 days for anyone adjournment. If a quorum is present at such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, unless the meeting is adjourned and a new record date is set for the adjourned meeting.

 

If a quorum exists, action on a matter other than the election of directors by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation.

 

Section 9. PROXIES. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy by signing an appointment form or similar writing, either personally or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A shareholder may also appoint a proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile or other electronic transmission providing a written statement of the appointment to the proxy, a proxy solicitor, proxy support service organization, or other person duly authorized by the proxy to receive appointments as agent for the proxy, or to the corporation. The transmitted appointment shall set forth or be transmitted with written evidence from which it can be determined that the shareholder transmitted or authorized transmission of the appointment. The proxy appointment for similar writing shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. The appointment of a proxy effective when received by the corporation and is valid for eleven (11) months unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment form or similar writing.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

Any complete copy, including an electronically transmitted facsimile, of an appointment of a proxy may be substituted for or used/in. lieu of the original appointment for any purpose for which the original appointment could be used.

 

Revocation of a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless (i) the corporation had notice that the appointment was coupled with an interest and notice that such interest is extinguished is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment, or (ii) other notice of the revocation of the appointment is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment. Other notice of revocation may in, the discretion of the corporation, be deemed to include the appearance at a shareholders' meeting of the shareholder who granted the proxy and his voting in person on any matter subject to a vote at such meeting.

 

The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment.

 

The corporation shall not be required to recognize an appointment made irrevocable if it has received a writing revoking the appointment signed by the shareholder Including a shareholder who is a successor to the shareholder who granted the proxy) either personally or by his attorney-in-fact, notwithstanding that the revocation may be a breach of an obligation of the shareholder to another person not to revoke the appointment.

 

Subject to Section 11 and any express limitation on the proxy's authority appearing on the appointment form, the corporation is entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.

 

Section 10. VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote, except in the election of directors, and each fractional share shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the articles of incorporation as permitted by the General Corporation Law of Nevada. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted in the election of directors or for any other purpose. Each record holder of shares shall be entitled to vote in the election of directors and shall have as many votes for each of the shares owned by him as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has the right to vote.

 

At each election of directors, that number of candidates equaling the number of directors to be elected, having the highest number of votes cast in favor of their election, shall be elected to the board of directors.

 

Except as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction upon a finding that the purpose of this Section would not be violated in the circumstances presented to the court, the shares of the corporation are not entitled to be voted if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, domestic or foreign, and the first corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of the second corporation except to the extent the second corporation holds the shares in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Redeemable shares are not entitled to be voted after notice of redemption is mailed to the holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the shares has been deposited with a bank, trust company or other financial institution under an irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of the shares.

 

Section 11. CORPORATION'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and to give it effect as the act shareholder if:

 

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(i)      the shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;

 

(ii)     the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the shareholder and; if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;

 

(iii)    the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee ill bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;

 

(iv)    the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy' appointment revocation;

 

(v)     two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-tenants or fiduciaries, and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-tenants or fiduciaries; or

 

(vi)   the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation is otherwise proper under rules established by the corporation that are not inconsistent with this Section 11.

 

The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

 

Neither the corporation nor its officers nor any agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section is liable in damages for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

 

Section 12. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by shareholders holding at least that proportion of the voting power necessary to approve such action and received by the corporation. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a vote of the shareholders and may be stated as such in any document. Action taken under this Section 12 is effective as of the date the last writing necessary to effect the action is received by the corporation, unless an of the writings specify a different effective date, in which case such specified date shall be the effective date for such action. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the corporation first receives a writing upon which the action is taken.

 

Any shareholder who has signed a writing describing and consenting to action taken pursuant to this Section 12 may revoke such consent by a writing signed by the shareholder describing the action and stating that the shareholder's prior consent thereto is revoked, if such writing is received by the corporation before the effectiveness of the action.

 

Section 13. MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION. Any or all of the shareholders may participate in an annual or special shareholders' meeting by, or the meeting may be conducted through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting may hear each other during the meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of Nevada or the articles of incorporation.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

Section 2. NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TENURE. The number of directors of the corporation maybe fixed from time to time by the board of directors, within a range of no less than one or more than fifteen, but no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. A director shall be a natural person who is eighteen years of age or older. A director need not be a resident of Nevada or a shareholder of the corporation.

 

Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following his election and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors shall be removed in the manner provided by the General Corporation Law of Nevada. Any director may be removed by the shareholders of the voting group that elected the director, with cause, at a meeting called for that purpose. The notice of the meeting shall state that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast in favor of removal exceeds the number of votes cast against removal.

 

Section 3. VACANCIES. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time the notice is received by the secretary unless the notice specifies a later effective date. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the corporation's acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose or by the board of directors. If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, the directors may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office. If elected by the directors, the director shall hold office until the next annual shareholders' meeting at which directors are elected. If elected by the shareholders, the director shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office; except that, if the director's predecessor was elected by the directors to fill a vacancy, the director elected by the shareholders shall hold office for the unexpired term of the last predecessor elected by the shareholders.

 

Section 4. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside Nevada, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice.

 

Section 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any one of the directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside Nevada, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

 

Section 6. NOTICE. Notice of the date, time and place of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior to the meeting by written notice either personally delivered or mailed to each director at his business address, or by notice transmitted by private courier, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid. If notice is given by electronically transmitted facsimile or other similar form of wire or wireless communication, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when sent. If a director has designated in writing one or more reasonable addresses or facsimile numbers for delivery of notice to him, notice sent by mail, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication shall not be deemed to have been given or to be effective unless sent to such addresses or facsimile numbers, as the case may be.

 

A director may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such director. Such waiver shall be delivered to the secretary for filing with the corporate records, but such delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, a director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of the meeting unless at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his later arrival, the director objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

Section 7. QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article III, Section 2 or, if no number is fixed, a majority of the number in office immediately before the meeting begins, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors.

 

Section 8. MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.

 

Section 9. COMPENSATION. By resolution of the board of directors, any director may be paid anyone or more of the following: his expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings, a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting, a stated salary as director, or such other compensation as the corporation and the director may reasonably agree upon. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 10. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or committee of the board at which action on any corporate matter taken shall be presumed to have assented to all action taken at the meeting unless (i) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting, (ii) the director contemporaneously requests that his dissent or abstention as to any specific action taken be entered in the minutes of the meeting, (iii) the director causes written notice of his dissent or abstention as to any specific action to be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or by the secretary promptly after the adjournment of the meeting. A director may dissent to a specific action at a meeting, while assenting to others. The right to dissent to a specific action taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board shall not be available to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

Section 11. COMMITTEES. By resolution adopted by a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken, the board of directors may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees, and appoint one or more members of the board of directors to serve on them. To the extent provided in the resolution.

 

Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 12 of Article III, which govern meetings, notice, waiver of notice, quorum, voting requirements and action without a meeting of the board of directors, shall apply to committees and their members appointed under this Section 11.

 

Neither the designation of any such committee, the delegation of authority to such committee, nor any action by such committee pursuant to its authority shall alone constitute compliance by any member of the board of directors or a member of the committee in question with his responsibility to conform to the standard of care set forth in Article III, Section 14 of these bylaws.

 

Section 12. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors or any committee designated by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or committee members and may be stated as such in any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date, action taken under this Section 12 is effective at the time or date the last director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time, any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and received by the president or the secretary of the corporation.

 

Section 13. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. The board of directors may permit any director (or any member of a committee designated by the board) to participate in a regular or special meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof through the use of any means of communication by which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting in this manner is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

Section 14. STANDARD OF CARE. A director shall perform his duties as a director, including without limitation his duties as a member of any committee of the board, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, and with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances. In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by the persons herein designated. However, he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A director shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for any action he takes or omits to take as a director if, in connection with such action or omission, he performs his duties in compliance with this Section 14.

 

The designated persons on whom a director is entitled to rely are (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) legal counsel, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence, or (iii) a committee designated by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or committee members and may be stated as such in any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date, action taken under this Section 12 is effective at the time or date the last director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time, any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and received by the president or the secretary of the corporation.

 

The designated persons on whom a director is entitled to rely are (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) legal counsel, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence, or (iii) a committee of the board of directors on which the director desires to serve if the director reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

Section 1. GENERAL. The officers of the corporation chief executive officer and/or president, a secretary and a treasurer and may also include one or more vice presidents, each officer shall be appointed by the board of directors and natural person eighteen years of age or older. One person more than one office. The board of directors or an officer or authorized by the board may appoint such other officers, officers, committees and agents, including a chairman of assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary. Except as expressly prescribed by these bylaws, of directors or the officer or officers authorized by the board from time to time determine the procedure for the officers, their authority and duties and their compensation, that the board of directors may change the authority, duties compensation of any officer who is not appointed by the board.

 

Section 2. APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the corporation to be appointed by the board of directors shall be appointed at each annual meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the appointment of officers is not made at such meeting or if an officer or officers are to be appointed by another officer or officers of the corporation, such appointments shall be made as determined by the board of directors or the appointing person or persons. Each officer shall hold office until the first of the following occurs: his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, his death, his resignation, or his removal in the manner provided in Section 3.

 

Section 3. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. An officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the president, secretary or other person who appoints such officer. The resignation is effective when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

Any officer or agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the board of directors or an officer or officers authorized by the board. Such removal does not affect the contract rights, if any, of the corporation or of the person so removed. The appointment of an officer or agent shall not in itself create contract rights.

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

Section 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office, however occurring, may be filled by the board of directors, or by the officer or officers authorized by the board, for the unexpired portion of the officer's term. If an officer resigns and his resignation is made effective at a later date, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board, may permit the officer to remain in office until the effective date and may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the board of directors or officer or officers authorized by the board provide that the successor shall not take office until the effective date. In the alternative, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board of directors, may remove the officer at any time before the effective date and may fill the resulting vacancy.

 

Section 5. PRESIDENT. The president shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and all meetings of the board of directors unless the board of directors has appointed a chairman, vice chairman, or other officer of the board and has authorized such person to preside at meetings of the board of directors. Subject to the direction and supervision of the board of directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall have general and active control of its affairs and business and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees. Unless otherwise directed by the board of directors, the president shall attend in person or by substitute appointed by him, or shall execute on behalf of the corporation written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation, at all meetings of the shareholders of any other corporation in which the corporation holds any shares. On behalf of the corporation, the president may in person or by substitute or by proxy execute written waivers of notice and consents with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise, the president, in person or by substitute or proxy, may vote the shares held by the corporation, execute written consents and other instruments with respect to such shares, and exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of said shares, subject to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors. The president shall have custody of the treasurer's bond, if any. The president shall have such additional authority and duties as are appropriate and customary for the office of president and chief executive officer, except as the same may be expanded or limited by the board of directors from time to time.

 

Section 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. The vice presidents shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the president or by the board of directors. In the absence of the president, the vice president, if any (or, if more than one, the vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or if the board makes no such designation, then the vice president designated by the president, or if neither the board nor the president makes any such designation, the senior vice president as determined by first election to that office), shall have the powers and perform the duties of the president.

 

Section 7. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (i) prepare and maintain as permanent records the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or board of directors without a meeting, a record of all actions taken by a committee of the board of directors in place of the board of directors on behalf of the corporation, and a record of all waivers of notice of meetings of shareholders and of the board of directors or any committee thereof, (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law, (iii) serve as custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and affix the seal to all documents when authorized by the board of directors, (iv) keep at the corporation's registered office or principal place of business a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders in a form that permits preparation of a list of shareholders arranged by voting group and by class or series of shares within each voting group, that is alphabetical within each class or series and that shows the address of, and the number of shares of each class or series held by, each shareholder, unless such a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, (v) maintain at the corporation's principal office the originals or copies of the corporation's articles Of incorporation, bylaws, minutes of all shareholders' meetings and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting for the past three years, all written communications within the past three years to shareholders as a group or to the holders of any class or series of shares as a group, a list of the names and business addresses of the current directors and officers, a copy of the corporation’s most recent corporate report filed with the Secretary of State, and financial statements showing in reasonable detail the corporation’s assets and liabilities and results of operations for the last three years, (vi) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation, unless the corporation has a transfer agent, (vii) authenticate records of the corporation, and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to supervision by the secretary. The directors and/or shareholders may however respectively designate a person other than the secretary or assistant secretary to keep the minutes of their respective meetings.

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

Any books, records, or minutes of the corporation may be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time:

 

Section 8. TREASURER. The treasurer shall be the principal financial officer of the corporation, shall have the care and custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal property of the corporation and shall deposit the same in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors. Subject to the limits imposed by the board of directors, he shall receive and give receipts and acquaintances for money paid in on account of the corporation, and shall payout of the corporation's funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity. He shall perform all other duties incident to the office of the treasurer and, upon request of the board, shall make such reports to it as may be required at any time. He shall, if required by the board, give the corporation a bond in such sums and with such 'sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation. He shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors or the president. The assistant treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.

 

 

The treasurer shall also be the principal accounting officer of the corporation. He shall prescribe and maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be followed, keep complete books and records of account as required by the General Corporation Law of Nevada, prepare and file all local, state and federal tax: returns, prescribe and maintain an adequate system of internal audit and prepare and furnish to the president and the board of directors statements of account showing the financial position of the corporation and the results of its operations.

 

ARTICLE V
SHARES

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The board of directors shall be authorized to issue any of its classes of shares with or without certificates. The fact that the shares are not represented by certificates shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of shareholders. If the shares are represented by certificates, such shares shall be represented by consecutively numbered certificates signed, either manually or by facsimile, in the name of the corporation by the president. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nonetheless be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered, and the names of the owners, the number of shares, and the date of issue shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon its face:

 

(i) That the corporation is organized under the laws of Nevada; (ii) The name of the person to whom issued;

 

(iii)   The number and class of the shares and the designation of the series, if any, that the certificate represents;

 

(iv)   The par value, if any, of each share represented by the certificate;

 

(v)     Any restrictions imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of the shares represented by the certificate.

 

If shares are not represented by certificates, within a reasonable time following the issue or transfer of such shares, the corporation shall send the shareholder a complete written statement of all of the information required to be provided to holders of uncertificated shares by the General Corporation Law of Nevada.

 

Section 2. CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES. Certificated or uncertificated shares shall not be issued until the shares represented thereby are fully paid. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed or other securities of the corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation. The promissory note of a subscriber or an affiliate of a subscriber shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation unless the note is negotiable and is secured by collateral, other than the shares being purchased, having a fair market value at least equal to the principal amount of the note. For purposes of this Section 2, "promissory note" means a negotiable instrument on which there is an obligation to pay independent of collateral and does not include a non-recourse note.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

Section 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as the board may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require an affidavit of lost certificate and/or a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine before issuing a new certificate.

 

Section 4. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and receipt of such documentary stamps as may be required by law and evidence of compliance with all applicable securities laws and other restrictions, the corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate. Every such transfer of stock shall be entered on the stock books of the corporation that shall be kept at its principal office or by the person and at the place designated by the board of directors.

 

 Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article II, Sections 7 and 11, and except for the assertion of dissenters' rights to the extent provided in the Nevada General Corporation Law, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any shares of the corporation as the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights deriving from such shares on the part of any person other than the registered holder, including without limitation any purchaser, assignee or transferee of such shares or rights deriving from such shares, unless and until such other person becomes the registered holder of such shares, whether or not the corporation shall have either actual or constructive notice of the claimed interest of such other person.

 

Section 5. TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRARS AND PAYING AGENTS. The board may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside Nevada. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF CERTAIN PERSONS

 

Section 1. INDEMNIFICATION. For purposes of Article VI, a "Proper Person" means any person (including the estate or personal representative of a director) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or nonprofit unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other enterprise or employee benefit plan. The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person against reasonably incurred expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties, fines (including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if it is determined by the groups set forth in Section 4 of this Article that he conducted himself in good faith and that he reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in the corporation’s best interests, or (ii) in all other cases (except criminal cases), that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests, or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Official capacity means, when used with respect to a director, the office of director and, when used with respect to any other Proper Person, the office in a corporation held by the officer or the employment, fiduciary or agency relationship undertaken by the employee, fiduciary, or agent on behalf of the corporation. Official capacity does not include service for any other domestic or foreign corporation or other person or employee benefit plan.

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement in (ii) of this Section 1. A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose that the director did not reasonably believe to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed not to satisfy the requirement of this section that he conduct himself in good faith.

 

No indemnification shall be made under this Article VI to a Proper Person with respect to any claim, issue or matter in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of a corporation in which the Proper Person was adjudged liable to the corporation or in connection with any proceeding charging that the Proper Person derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in an official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit. Further, indemnification under this section in connection with a proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation shall be limited to reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with the proceeding.

 

Section 2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding as to which he was entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article VI against expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by him in connection with the proceeding without the necessity of any action by the corporation other than the determination in good faith that the defense has been wholly successful.

 

Section 3. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF ACTION. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not meet the standards of conduct described in Section 1 of this Article VI. Entry of a judgment by consent as part of a settlement shall not be deemed an adjudication of liability, as described in Section 2 of this Article VI.

 

Section 4. GROUPS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE INDEMNIFICATION DETERMINATION. Except where there is a right to indemnification as set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article or where indemnification is ordered by a court in Section 5, any indemnification shall be made by the corporation only as determined in the specific case by a proper group that indemnification of the Proper Person is permissible under the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article. This determination shall be made by the board of directors by a majority vote of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, which quorum shall consist of directors not parties to the proceeding ("Quorum"). If a Quorum cannot be obtained, the determination shall be made by a majority vote of a committee of the board of directors designated by the board, which committee shall consist of two or more directors not parties to the proceeding, except that directors who are parties to the proceeding may participate in the designation of directors for the committee. If a Quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained and the committee cannot be established, or even if a Quorum is obtained or the committee is designated and a majority of the directors constituting such Quorum or committee so directs, the determination shall be made by (i) independent legal counsel selected by a vote of the board of directors or the committee in the manner specified in this Section 4 or, if a Quorum of the full board of directors cannot be obtained and a committee cannot be established, by independent legal counsel selected by a majority vote of the full board (including directors who are parties to the action) or (ii) a vote of the shareholders. Authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible except that, if the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible is made by independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made by the body that selected such counsel.

 

Section 5. COURT-ORDERED INDEMNIFICATION. Any Proper Person may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction for mandatory indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, including indemnification for reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If a court determines that the Proper Person is entitled to indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, the court shall order indemnification, including the Proper Person's reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If the court determines that such Proper Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article or was adjudged liable in the proceeding, the court may order such indemnification as the court deems proper except that if the Proper Person has been adjudged liable, indemnification shall be limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding and reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification.

 

 

 

 

  13  
 

 

Section 6. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. Reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending an action, suit or proceeding as described in Section 1 may be paid by the corporation to any Proper Person in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of (D a written affirmation of such Proper Person's good faith belief that he has met the standards of conduct prescribed by Section 1 of this Article VI, (ii) a written undertaking, executed personally or on the Proper Person's behalf, to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet the prescribed standards of conduct (the undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Proper Person but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment), and (iii) a determination is made by the proper group (as described in Section 4 of this Article VI) that the facts as then known to the group would not preclude indemnification. Determination and authorization of payments shall be made in the same manner specified in Section 4 of this Article VI.

 

Section 7. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION TO CERTAIN PERSONS OTHER THAN DIRECTORS. In addition to the indemnification provided to officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents because of their status as Proper Persons under this Article, the corporation may also indemnify and advance expenses to them if they are not directors of the corporation to a greater extent than is provided in these bylaws, if not inconsistent with public policy, and if provided for by general or specific action of its board of directors or shareholders or by contract.

 

Section 8. WITNESS EXPENSES. The sections of this Article VI do not limit the corporation's authority to payer reimburse expenses incurred by a director in connection with an appearance as a witness in a proceeding at a time when he has not been made or named as a defendant or respondent in the proceeding.

 

 

Section 9. REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director in accordance with this Article VI, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the corporation, shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders' meeting. If the next shareholder action is taken without a meeting at the instigation of the board of directors, such notice shall be given to the shareholders at or before the time the first shareholder signs a writing consenting to such action.

 

ARTICLE VII
INSURANCE

 

Section 1. PROVISION OF INSURANCE. By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in the action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such scope and amounts as the board of directors deems appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any other foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or non-profit unincorporated association, limited liability company, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against, or incurred by, him in that capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Article VI or applicable law. Any such insurance may be procured from any insurance company designated by the board of directors of the corporation, whether such insurance company is formed under the laws of Nevada or any other jurisdiction of the United States or elsewhere, including any insurance company in which the corporation has an equity interest or any other interest, through share ownership or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

  14  
 

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. SEAL. The board of directors may adopt a corporate seal, which shall contain the name of the corporation and the words, "Seal, Nevada."

 

Section 2. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the board of directors.

 

Section 3. AMENDMENTS. The board of directors shall have power, to the maximum extent permitted by the Nevada General Corporation Law, to make, amend and repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any regular or special meeting of the board unless the shareholders, in making, amending or repealing a particular bylaw, expressly provide that the directors may not amend or repeal such bylaw. The shareholders also shall have the power to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose.

 

Section 4. RECEIPT OF NOTICES BY THE CORPORATION. Notices, shareholder writings consenting to action, and other documents or writings shall be deemed to have been received by the corporation when they are actually received: (1) at the registered office of the corporation in Nevada; (2) at the principal office of the corporation (as that office is designated in the most recent document filed by the corporation with the secretary of state for Nevada designating a principal office) addressed to the attention of the secretary of the corporation; (3) by the secretary of the corporation wherever the secretary may be found; or (4) by any other person authorized from time to time by the board of directors or the president to receive such writings, wherever such person is found.

 

Section 5. GENDER. The masculine gender is used in these bylaws as a matter of convenience only and shall be interpreted to include the feminine and neuter genders as the circumstances indicate.

 

Section 6. CONFLICTS. In the event of any irreconcilable conflict between these bylaws and either the corporation's articles of incorporation or applicable law, the latter shall control.

 

Section 7. DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise specifically provided in these bylaws, all terms used in these bylaws shall have the same definition as in the General Corporation Law of Nevada.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  15  

Exhibit 2.3

 

 

DEAN HELLER
Secretary of State

STATE OF NEVADA

 
CHARLES E. MOORE
Securities Administrator
     

RENEE L. PARKER

Chief Deputy

Secretary of State

SCOTT W. ANDERSON
Deputy Secretory
for Commercial Recordings

PAMELA RUCKEL
Deputy Secretary
for Southern Nevada

OFFICE OF THE

SECRETARY OF STATE

ELLICK HSU
Deputy Secretory
for Elections

 

July 26, 2005

CERTIFIED COPY

 

Job Number; C20050725-1395

Reference Number:

Expedite:

Through Date:

 

The undersigned filing officer hereby certifies that the attached copies are true and exact copies of all requested statements and related subsequent documentation filed with the Secretary’s of State’s Office, Commercial Recordings Division listed on the attached report.

 

Document Number(s) Description Number of Pages
20050286595-42 Certificate of Designation  

 

 

 

Respectfully

 

/s/ Dean Heller

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

 

By: Certification Clerk

 

 

  1  

 

 

 

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

  

      Entity # C149934-1996
Certificate of Designation   Document Number 20050286595-42
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)   Date Filed: 7/25/2005 1:30:29 PM
    Dean Heller
    Secretary of State

 

Certificate of Designation

For Nevada Profit Corporations
(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

Litfunding Corp.  

 

 

2. By resolution of the board of directors pursuant to a provision in the articles of incorporation, this certificate establishes the following regarding the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions, and relative rights of the following class or series of stock:

 

A series of preferred stock of the Corporation be, and it hereby is, created out of the authorized but unissued shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, such series to be designated Series A 12% Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock"), to consist of 2,000,000 shares of the Corporation's preferred shares (par value. $0.001 per share) of Series A, convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of two (2) shares of common for each one (1) share preferred, such series shall have the rights, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights as set forth on. the continuation pages attached hereto.

 

 

3. Effective date of filing: (optional)  
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

4.  Officer Signature:                 /s/ Morton Reed                  

 

Filing Fee: $175.00

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

LitFunding Corp.

Attachment to Certificate of Designations

for Series A 12% Convertible Preferred Stock

 

1.           Designation. A series. of Preferred Stock of the Corporation is hereby. designated "Series A 12% Convertible Preferred Stock" ["Series A Convertible Preferred Stock"), consisting of 2,000,000 shares.

 

2.           Priority. Shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall rank Prior to the Corporation's Common Stock, $.001 par value per share ("Common. Stock, with, respect to the payment of dividends and upon liquidation. Other classes of preferred stock shall be subordinated to and shall rank junior to the. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with respect thereto; provided, however, that holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, by Vote or written consent of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) or More of the then outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, may elect from time to time to allow other series or classes of preferred stock to rank senior to the. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, assets or liquidation, The Corporation may create additional classes of capital stock, increase the authorized number of shares of preferred stock or issue series of preferred stock which rank on a parity with the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with respect, in each case, to the payment of dividends and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation ("Parity Stock") without the consent of any holder of Series A Convertible Preferred. Stock.

 

3. Dividends.

 

(a) Dividend rates on the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be at an annual rate of twelve percent (12%) annually. Dividends shall be cumulative (but not compounded) and accrue annually from the date of original issue of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and shall be payable, if, when, and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Each dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as they shall appear on the stock register of the Corporation on such record date, not exceeding sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days preceding the payment date thereof, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or a duly authorized committee thereof If declared, dividends shall be payable in cash, or in shares of the Corporation's common stock, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Corporation.

 

(b) No dividends shall be payable on any shares of any class of the Corporation's capital stock racking junior and subordinate to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends, unless all accrued dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock to the record date of the proposed dividends on the junior and subordinate class shall have been paid or have been declared and an amount sufficient for the payment of those dividends resaved.

 

(c) Upon any conversion of any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, as described in Section 6 hereof, the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive in cash or in shares of the Corporation's common stock, at the sole discretion of the Corporation, any accumulated, accrued or unpaid dividends M. respect of such shares of the Series A, Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

4. Liquidation Preference.

 

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Commotion, the holders of shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, Out of the assets of the. Corporation, whether such assets are capital or surplus and whether or not any dividends as such are declared, an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for distribution, and no more, before any distribution shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other class of shares or series thereof ranking junior and subordinate to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets.

 

(b) For purposes of this Section 4, a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, or the merger of any other corporation or corporations with or into the Corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or any other corporate reorganization, in which consolidation, merger, sale of assets or reorganization the stockholders of the Corporation receive distributions in cash or securities of another corporation or corporations as a result of such consolidation, merger, sale of assets or reorganization, shall be treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, unless the stockholders of the Corporation hold more than filly percent (50%) of the voting equity securities of the successor or surviving corporation immediately following such consolidation, merger, sale of assets or reorganization, in which case such consolidation, merger, sale of assets or reorganization shall not be treated as a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up within the meaning of this Section 4.

 

 

 

  3  

 

 

LitFunding Corp.

Attachment to Certificate of Designations

for Series A 12% Convertible Preferred Stock

 

(c) Written notice of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, absolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, specifying a payment date and the place where the distributive amounts shall be payable, shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the payment date elected therein, to the holders of, retard of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at their respective addresses as the same shall appear on the books of the Corporation.

 

(d) No payment on account of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation Shall be made to the holders of any class or series of capital stock ranking on a parity with the Series A. Convertible Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets, unless there shall also be paid at the same time to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock similar proportionate distributive amounts, ratably, in proportion to the fully distributive amounts to which they and the holders of such parity stock are respectively entitled with respect to such preferential distribution.

 

5. Voting. Rights. Except as specified in Sections 2 and 8 hereto the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, either general or special.

 

6. Conversion. At any time after six (6) months from the date of purchase,, either the Corporation or any bolder of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may convert all or any of the shame of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein at the rate of two (2) shares of the Corporation's 5.001 par value common stock for every one (1) share of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. All accrued but unpaid dividends shall be converted to cash or additional common stock in the Corporation's sole and absolute discretion in accordance with Section 3, and at the fair market value, ("Fair Market Value"), of the Company's Common Stock, which shall be determined according to the following: (1) if the Company is listed on a national exchange or if the Common Stock is qualified for quotation on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by taking the average of the low ask and high bid prices of the Common Stock so quoted on the trading day immediately prior to the dividend payment date; or (ii) if the Company is not listed on a national exchange nor is the Common Stock eligible for quotation on any electronic medium, the Fair Market Value shall be the most recent price at which the Company issued its Common Stock to a non-affiliated purchaser.

 

If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are subdivided (by stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted, shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock which each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted into shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately decreased.

 

Except as provided in Section 4, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series. A Convertible Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock may be converted shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the: holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock 'equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock immediately before the change.

 

If at any time or from time to time there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than subdivision, combination, consolidation, reclassification, substitution, or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 6), or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's properties and assets to any other person, then, as part of such reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale, provision shall be made so that the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or sale, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale to the end that the provisions of this Section 6 shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

 

 

 

  4  

 

 

LitFunding Corp.

Attachment to Certificate of Designations

for Series A 12% Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

7. Status of Converted Stock. If any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to Section 6, the shares so repurchased or converted shall be retired and shall thereafter have the status of authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Shares which may be reissued by the Corporation at any time as shares of any series of Preferred Shares.

 

8. Restrictions and Limitations

 

(a) At such time as any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series .A Convertible Preferred Stock:

 

(1) Redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for value, any share or shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, otherwise than by conversion in accordance with Section 6;

 

(ii) Authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) senior to the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as to dividend tights and liquidation preferences;

 

(iii) Increase or decrease (other than by, conversion): the total number of authorized shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,

 

(b) The Corporation shall not amend its Articles of Incorporation without the approval, by vote or written consent, by the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, if such amendment would amend, modify, annul, supersede, or otherwise change any of the rights, preferences, privileges of, or limitations provided for herein for the benefit of any shares of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporation will not amend its Articles of Incorporation without the approval by the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, if such amendment would:

 

(i) Reduce the dividend rate on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock provided for herein, or make such dividends noncumulative, or defer the date from which dividends will acorns, or cancel accrued and unpaid dividends, or change the relative seniority rights of the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends in relation to the holders of any other capital stock of the Corporation;

 

(ii) Reduce the amount payable to the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up the Corporation, or change the relative seniority of the liquidation preferences of, the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to the rights upon liquidation of the holders of any other capital stock of the. Corporation; or

 

(iii) Cancel or modify the conversion rights of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock provided for in Section 6.

 

 

 

 

  5  

Exhibit 2.4

 

DEAN HELLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

  

   

Entity #

C14934-1996

Document Number
20060197239-69
Certificate of Designation   /s/ Dean Heller Filing Date and Time
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)   Dean Heller 03/29/2006 4:27:24 PM
    Secretary of State Entity# C14934-1996
    State of Nevada E02....

 

Certificate of Designation

For Nevada Profit Corporations
(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

Litfunding Corp.  

 

 

2. By resolution of the board of directors pursuant to a provision in the articles of incorporation, this certificate establishes the following regarding the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions, and relative rights of the following class or series of stock:

 

A series of preferred stock of the Corporation be, and it hereby is, created out of the authorized but unissued shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, such series to be designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock"), to consist of 1,500,000 shares of the Corporation's preferred shares (par value. $0.001 per share) of Series B, convertible into common stock at a conversion rate of one (1) share of common for each one (1) share preferred, such series shall have the rights, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights as set forth on. the continuation pages attached hereto.

 

 

3. Effective date of filing: (optional) 3/28/2006
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

4.  Officer Signature:                 /s/ signature illegible                     

 

Filing Fee: $175.00

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

 

DEAN HE.LLER
Secretary of State

STATE OF NEVADA

 
CHARLES E. MOORE
Securities Administrator
     

RENEE L. PARKER

Chief Deputy

Secretary of State

SCOTT W. ANDERSON
Deputy Secretory
for Commercial Recordings

PAMELA RUCKEL
Deputy Secretary
for Southern Nevada

OFFICE OF THE

SECRETARY OF STATE

ELLICK HSU
Deputy Secretory
for Elections

 

LITFUNDING CORP March 30, 2006

3200 PECOS MCLEOD DR

LAS VEGAS, NV 89121

 

 

Job                                          C20060329-2913

Number:

Job Contents:

NV Corp Filing Acknowledgement(s):     1

File Stamped Copy(s):                               1

Special Handling Instructions:

 

P/U

 

 

 

 

 

LITFUNDING CORP

3200 PECOS MCLEOD DR

LAS VEGAS, NV 89121

 

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

 

DEAN HE.LLER
Secretary of State

STATE OF NEVADA

 
CHARLES E. MOORE
Securities Administrator
     

RENEE L. PARKER

Chief Deputy

Secretary of State

SCOTT W. ANDERSON
Deputy Secretory
for Commercial Recordings

PAMELA RUCKEL
Deputy Secretary
for Southern Nevada

OFFICE OF THE

SECRETARY OF STATE

ELLICK HSU
Deputy Secretory
for Elections

 

Job Receipt

March 30, 2006

Job Number:     C20060329-2913

Account Number;

 

Charges 

Description Document Number

Filing

Date/Time

Qty Price Amount
Designation 20060197239-69 3/29/2006 4:27:24 PM 1 $175.00 $175.00
           
24 Hour Expedite 20060197239-69 3/29/2006 4:27:24 PM 1 $125.00 $125.00
           
Total         $300.00

 

Payments

Type

Description

Amount

Check Check #1467 $300.00
Total   $300.00

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Recording Division

202 N. Carson Street

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4069

Telephone (775) 684-5708
Fax (775) 684-7138

 

  3  
 

 

EXHIBIT A

LITFUNDING CORP.

 

SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

 

THESE SECURITIES (THE "SECURITIES") HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, THE SECURITIES SHALL NOT BE AVAILABLE FOR CONVERSION PRIOR TO APRIL 30, 2006.

 

The rights, preferences, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series B Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1. DESIGNATION. The Preferred Stock is designated as the Company's Series B Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock").

 

2. DIVIDEND PROVISIONS. The holders of the Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any dividends on the Preferred Stock.

 

3. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

 

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $0.001 for each outstanding share of Preferred Stock (the "Original Series B Issue Price") and (ii) an amount equal to the Original Series B Issue Price for each 12 months that has passed since the date of issuance of any Preferred Stock (such amount (of declared but unpaid dividends) being referred to herein as the "Premium"). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, then, subject to the rights of series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(b) Upon the completion of the distribution required by subparagraph, (a) of this Section 3 and any other distribution that may be required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may from time to time come into existence, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock).

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

  (c) (i)  For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company); or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company's stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company's acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.
     
  (ii)  In any of such events, if the consideration received by the Company is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

  (A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability (covered by (B) below):

 

  (1) If traded on a securities exchange or through NASDAQ National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;
     
  (2) If actively traded (actively traded shall be defined as at least 100,000 shares per week) over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and
     
  (3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

  (B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder's status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined, by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

  (iii)  In the event the requirements of this subsection 3(c) are not complied with, the Company shall forthwith either:

 

  (A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 3 have been complied with; or
     
  (B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 3(c)(iv) hereof.
     
  (C) Under no circumstance shall any reorganization, or board resolution of Lit Funding prohibit GUFG from its rights as defined within this Agreement from a Spin-out, at its sole discretion.

 

  (iv)  The Company shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than ten (10) days prior to the stockholders' meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten (10) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 3, and the Company shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Company has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Company has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

 

  4. SPIN-OFF RIGHTS. At the election of a majority in interest of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, GUFG shall be spun off to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, with 90% of such shares in GUFG being issued, pro rata to the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 10% being issued to LitFunding.
     
  5. CONVERSION. The holder of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

 

  (a) Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall convert into 1 share of the Company's common stock, $0.001 par value per share. Therefore, each common shares shall be represented by 1 preferred share.
     
  (b) Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

(c) No Impairment. The Company will not by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of, the Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

(d) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such. Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment. to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(e) Automatic Conversion. The Series B Preferred shall automatically convert into shares of common stock of the Company after 12 months, regardless of whether or not an election has been made to spin-off GUFG.

 

  6, VOTING RIGHTS. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights.
     
  7. PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS. So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of Preferred Stock which is entitled, other than solely by law, to vote with respect to the matter, and which Preferred Stock represents at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock:

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

  (a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares;
     
  (c) increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock;

 

8. EFFECT OF STOCK SPLIT, ETC. If the Company, by stock split, reverse split, reclassification of shares, or otherwise, changes as a whole the outstanding Common Stock into a different number, or class of shares, then: (1) the number and/or class of shares as so changed shall, for the purposes of the Preferred Stock, replace the shares outstanding immediately prior to the change; and (2) the conversion and redemption prices in effect, and the number of shares the Preferred Stock will convert into, immediately prior to the date upon which, the change becomes effective, shall be proportionately adjusted (the price to the nearest cent).

 

9. SUBDIVISION OR COMBINATION OF COMMON SHARES. In case the Company shall at any time subdivide (by any stock split, or otherwise) its outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of shares, without making a corresponding subdivision of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, then the number of common shares issuable upon conversion in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced. Conversely, in case the outstanding Common Shares shall be combined into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, then the number of common shares issuable upon conversion in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8  

Exhibit 2.5

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Amendment to
Certificate of Designation
After Issuance of Class or Series

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955 - After Issuance of Class or Series)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

LitFunding Corp.

 

2.    Stockholder approval pursuant to statute has been obtained.

 

3.    The class or series of stock being amended:

Series B Preferred Stock

 

4.    By a resolution adopted by the board of directors, the certificate of designation is being amended as follows or the new class or series is:

Section 5(e) has been deleted, removing the automatic conversion feature from the Series B.

Section 8 has been amended and Section 9 has been deleted to clarify the effects of stock splits, etc. The language of new Section 8 is as follows:

8. EFFECT OF STOCK SPLIT, ETC. If the Company, at any time while this Preferred Stock is outstanding: (A) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (B) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (C) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then the Conversion Rate shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8 shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification.

 

Please also see the attached Amended Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Shares.

 

5. Effective date of filing (optional):

 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

6.  Officer Signature: (Required)                        /s/ Gary Rasmussen                                         

 

 

 

Filing Fee: $175.00

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.  

 

Exhibit 2.6

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

 

SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

FOR

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC., a Nevada corporation (the "Company") does hereby make this Certificate of Designation, and the undersigned, being an officer of the Company does hereby certify that the following Resolutions have been duly adopted by the Company and are in full force and effect.

 

RESOLVED, that, pursuant to Article Fourth of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company, the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the issuance of, and fixes the designation and preferences and relative, participating, optional, and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred Stock consisting of six million (6,000,000) shares, $0.001 par value, to be designated "Series C Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series C Stock").

 

RESOLVED, that each share of the Series C Stock shall rank equally in all aspects and shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

1. Preference on Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, distribution of assets (other than the payment of dividends), dissolution or winding-up of the Company, Series C Stock shall have preferential rights to the Company's common stock.

 

2. Voting Rights.

 

(a)      General Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series C Stock shall be voted equally with the shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

 

(b)      Number of Votes. The holder of the shares of Series C Stock shall be entitled to such number of votes as shall be equal to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder's shares of Series C Stock are convertible immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent.

 

3. Dividends. The holders of Series C Stock will be entitled to any dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock as shall be declared by the Board of Directors.

 

4. Conversion Rights. The holders of the Series C Stock shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series C Stock into shares of Common Stock (the "Conversion Rights"):

 

(a)      Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3, any shares of Series C Stock may, at any time, at the option of the holder, be converted into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (a "Conversion").

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

(b)      Conversion Rate. The entire class of authorized shares of Series C stock shall be convertible into approximately sixty percent (60%) of the Company’s common stock on a non-dilutive basis. Specifically, each share of Series C stock shall be convertible into such number of shares of common stock that is equal to the product of the number of the Company's common stock issued and outstanding at the time of conversion multiplied by 0.000025%.

 

(c)      Mechanics of the Conversion. Upon a Conversion, the holder of Series C Stock shall surrender the applicable certificate or certificates therefore, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series C Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company of the Conversion and the number of shares of Series C Stock being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled. A Conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of the first business day after the date both notice has been given and the applicable share certificate or certificates have been delivered to the Company, provided, however, if the foregoing occurs on a business day, before the close of business, the Conversion shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on that day (the "Conversion Date"). The person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a Conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

 

(d)      Adjustment to Conversion Ratio. If, prior to the conversion of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock split, stock dividend or other similar event, or if the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a combination or reclassification of shares, or other similar event, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall make an equitable adjustment in the Conversion Ratio, if necessary, to reflect such event in order to preserve substantially the initial Conversion Ratio.

 

(e)      Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Sales of Assets. If at any time or from time to time after the date of issuance of the Series C Stock, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4), as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series C Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series C Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof.

 

(f)        Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any sale of the Company, capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series C Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such sale of the Company, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such sale of the Company, reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(g)      Fractional Shares. Any fractional share of Common Stock resulting from the conversion of the Series C Stock shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

 

(h)      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series C Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series C Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series C Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

(i)        Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmation telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) three (3) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

 

(j)        No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment or restatement of its Articles of Incorporation, as amended, or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holder of the Series C Stock against impairment.

 

5. Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of such Series C Stock:

 

(a)      alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series C Stock so as to affect adversely the shares; or

 

(b)      increase or decrease (other than by redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series C Stock.

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

6. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series C Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restriction on issuance set forth herein.

 

This Certificate of Designation has been executed and adopted on behalf of the Company as of January 9, 2007.

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Gary Rasmussen                       

Name: Gary Rasmussen

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4  

Exhibit 2.7

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: www.nvsos.gov

 

 

Certificate of Amendment

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 AND 78.390)

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.  

 

 

2.  The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

 

Article No. 4

Section 1. Authorized Shares
The Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of and fixes the designation and preferences and relative, participating, optional, and other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a series of Preferred Stock consisting of six million five hundred thousand (6,500,000) shares, $0.001 par value, to be designated "Series C Convertible Preferred Stock" (the "Series C Stock").
 
 

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power,
or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by
the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 58.7%

 

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional) 11/8/08
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  Signature: (required)

 

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. Nevada Secretary of State Amend Profit-After
  Revised: 7-1-08

 

 

 

  1  

 

 

 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: www.nvsos.gov

 

 

    Filed in the office of Document Number
20080234604-39
Certificate of Amendment   /s/ Ross Miller Filing Date and Time
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.385 and 78.390)   Ross Miller 04/02/2008   7:26 AM
    Secretary of State Entity Number
    State of Nevada C14934-1996

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 - After Issuance of Stock)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.  

 

 

2.  The articles have been amended as follows: (provide article numbers, if available)

 

Article No. 4

Section 1. Authorized Shares

The Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of, and fixes the designation and preferences and relative, participating, optional, and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions, of a series of Preferred stock consisting of six million (6,000,000) shares, $0.001 par value, to be designated "Series C Convertible Preferred Stock" ( the"Series C Stock").

 
 

 

3. The vote by which the stockholders holding shares in the corporation entitling them to exercise a least a majority of the voting power,
or such greater proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote by classes or series, or as may be required by
the provisions of the articles of incorporation* have voted in favor of the amendment is: 58.7%

 

 

4. Effective date of filing: (optional) 1/9/08
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

5.  Signature: (required)

 

 

*If any proposed amendment would alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to any class or series of outstanding shares. then the amendment must be approved by the vote, in addition to the affirmative vote otherwise required, of the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of each class or series affected by the amendment regardless to limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees. Nevada Secretary of State Amend Profit-After
  Revised: 7-1-07

 

 

  2  

Exhibit 2.8

 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

Amendment to
Certificate of Designation
After Issuance of Class or Series

(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)

 

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation
For Nevada Profit Corporations

(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955 - After Issuance of Class or Series)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

2.    Stockholder approval pursuant to statute has been obtained.

 

3.    The class or series of stock being amended:

Series B Preferred Stock

 

4.    By a resolution adopted by the board of directors, the certificate of designation is being amended as follows or the new class or series is:

Section 5(e) has been deleted, removing the automatic conversion feature from the Series B.

Section 8 has been amended and Section 9 has been deleted to clarify the effects of stock splits, etc. The language of new Section 8 is as follows:

8. EFFECT OF STOCK SPLIT, ETC. If the Company, at any time while this Preferred Stock is outstanding: (A) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (B) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (C) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then the Conversion Rate shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 8 shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification.

 

Please also see the attached Amended Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Shares.

 

5. Effective date of filing (optional):

 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

6.  Officer Signature: (Required)                        /s/ Gary Rasmussen                                         

 

 

 

Filing Fee: $175.00

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit with the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.  

 

Exhibit 2.69

 

ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State

STATE OF NEVADA

 

Commercial Recordings Division

201 N. Carson Street

Carson City, NV 89701-4069

Telephone (775) 684-5708

Fax (775) 684-7138

     
SCOTT W. ANDERSON

Deputy Secretory
for Commercial Recordings

S

TERRY GABBY

OFFICE OF THE

SECRETARY OF STATE

Job Number:     C20131203-3285

December 4, 2013

 

 

Charges 

Description Document Number

Filing

Date/Time

Qty Price Amount
Designation 20130791366-58 11/27/2013 1:15:14 PM 1 $175.00 $175.00
           
Total         $175.00

 

Payments

Type

Description

Amount

Credit xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx $175.00
Total   $175.00

 

 

 

  1  

 

 

 

ROSS MILLER

Secretary of State

204 North Carson Street, Ste 1

Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299

(775) 684 5708

Website: secretaryofstate.biz

 

 

  

   

Entity #

C14934-1996

Document Number
20130791366-58
Certificate of Designation   /s/ Dean Heller Filing Date and Time
(PURSUANT TO NRS 78.1955)   Dean Heller 11/27/2013 1:15 PM
    Secretary of State Entity# C14934-1996
    State of Nevada  

 

Certificate of Designation

For Nevada Profit Corporations
(Pursuant to NRS 78.1955)

 

1.  Name of corporation:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.  

 

2. By resolution of the board of directors pursuant to a provision in the articles of incorporation, this certificate establishes the following regarding the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions, and relative rights of the following class or series of stock:

 

The designation of this series of preferred stock which consists of 10,000 shares,is the Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, $100 Stated Value, $.001 par value (the “Series D Preferred Stock”) and the face amount shall be One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars per share (the “Stated Value”), or an aggregate series value of One Million ($1,000.000) Dollars in Stated Value.

 

3. Effective date of filing: (optional) NOvember 26, 2013
 

(must not be later than 90 days after the certificate is filed)

 

4.  Officer Signature:                 /s/ Terry Gabby                     

 

Filing Fee: $175.00

 

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

 

  2  

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS,
PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
of
SERIES D CONVERTIBLE PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
of
GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.
a Nevada Corporation

 

Pursuant to Section 78.196 of the
Nevada Revised Statutes

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (the "Company"),. hereby certifies that the following resolution providing for the issuance of a series of shares of its Preferred Stock, to be designated the Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, $100 Stated Value, $.001 par value, was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to the authority granted to the Board of Directors by the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as required by Section 78.196 of the Nevada Revised - Statutes.

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Company's Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors hereby authoring a series of the Company's Preferred Stock, and hereby stares the designation and number of shares and fixes and relative rights, preferences, privileges and restriction thereof as follows in this Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights (the "Certificate"):

 

1.       Designation and Amount.

 

The designation of this series of preferred stock, which consists of 10,000 shares, is the Series Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, $100 Stated Value, $.001 par value (the "Series D Preferred Stock") and the face amount shall be One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars per share (the “Stated Value”), or an aggregate series value of One Million ($1,000,000) Dollars in Stated Value.

 

2.       Definitions.

 

For the purposes of this Resolution the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company,

 

(b) "Company" shall mean Global Entertainment Holdings. Inc., a Nevada corporation.

 

(c) "Preferred Stock" shall refer to Series D Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, 5100 Stated Value.

 

(d) "Common Stock: shall refer to the Company's $0.001 par value common stock.

 

(e) "Stated Value" shall be $100.00 per share stated liquidation value.

 

(f) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation at least 50% of whole outstanding voting stock shall at the time be owned directly or indirectly by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries.

 

  (g) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933. as amended.

 

  (h) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

  3  

 

 

3.       Dividends and Preferred Dividends.

 

(a)       The Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on an annual basis, pro-rata, a preferred, participating distribution equal to up to ten percent (10%) of the net profits of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary corporation. You've Got the Part, Inc. (YGIP"). Such preferred distribution shall be calculated by the Company on an annual basis and paid to Holders of Preferred Stock within ninety (90) days of the close of YGtP's fiscal year. Net profits shall be determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards and the Company's determination of net profits shall be final and binding, absent manifest error. Because the Company shall provide certain management services to YGtP. for purposes of calculating the 10% of net profits participating dividend to Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock at the end of each fiscal year, the Company's allocation of general and administrative expenses shall not exceed 20% of YGtP's net profits. and any amount in excess thereof shall be excluded from the calculation of such 10% of the net profits participating dividend to the Holders of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

For purposes of this provision, and for the avoidance of doubt, net profits shall be paid pro-rata to Holders of Preferred Stock based upon the percent of Series D Preferred Shares issued and outstanding. Specifically, each share of Series D Preferred Stock issued and outstanding will be entitled to receive one-ten thousandth (1\10,000th) of the net amount to be distributed as a participating dividend. For example, 5,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding (50% of the series), a Holder owns 1,000 shares, and net profits of YGP are $1,000,000, such Holder would be entitled to receive a preferred distribution of $10.000 (i.e., 10% of $1,000.000 - $100,000; dividend with 50% outstanding = $50,000; 1,000 shares out of 5,000 shares 20%).

 

(b)       The holders of outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (each, a "Holder") shall be entitled (Without any conversion to Common Stock or change. in their rights as holders of Preferred Stock) to participate, in dividends, or other distributions of whatever nature, paid on outstanding shares of Common Stock (a "Common Stock Dividend") as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible pursuant to Section 4 on the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a distribution. Common Stock Dividends, including the participation interest of the Preferred Stock shall only be paid if, when and as the Board shall in their sole discretion deem advisable. and only from the act profits or surplus of the Company as such shall be fixed and determined by the Board. determination of the Board at any time of the amount of net profits or surplus available for dividend shall be binding and conclusive on the holders of all of the capital stock of the Company at the time outstanding.

 

(c)       In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right. the Company shall mail to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock. at least 20 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend distribution or right.

 

4.       Priority on Liquidation.

 

(a)       Payment Upon Dissolution. Etc. Upon the occurrence and continuation of (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, or any receivership. liquidation reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection therewith, commenced by the Company or by its creditors and not dismissed within 90 days following such commencement, as such, or relating to its assets or (ii) the dissolution or other winding up of the Company whether total or partial, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, or (iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the material assets or material liabilities of the Company (a “Liquidation Event"), no distribution shall be made to the holders of any shuts of capital stock, other that stock that ranks (i) senior to the Series D Preferred Stock: or (ii) pari passu with the Series D Preferred Stock, Holders of any shares of stock which have liquidation preferences, and (2) each Holderr shall have received the Liquidation Preference (as defined below) with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by such Holder. In the event that upon occurrence of a Liquidation Preference. the assets available for distribution to the Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and to the holders of any pan passu securities are insufficient to pay the liquidation preference with respect to all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and of such pari passu securities. such assets will be distributed ratably among such shares in proportion to the ratio that the liquidation preference payable on each such share bears to the aggregate liquidation preference payable on all such shares.

 

 

  4  

 

 

(b)       After Dissolution. After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series D Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holder of the Common Stock and Series D Preferred Stock on an as-if-convened to Common Stock basis until such holders of Series D Preferred Stock have received pursuant to Section 3(a) above and this Section 3(b) an aggregate amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock had been converted immediately prior to the liquidation Event; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holder of the Common Stock.

 

(c)       Liquidation Preference. The “Liquidation Preference” with respect to a share of Series D Preferred Stock shall mean an amount equal to the Stated Value of such share, plus any accrued and unpaid Preferred Dividends or other dividends thereon.

 

(d)       Ranking. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or other winding up of the Company, the Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock will be treated as (i) senior to the holders of the Common Stock and any other class or series which is not made pari passu with or senior to the Series D Preferred Stock; and (ii) junior to class or series of stock which is made senior to the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

5.       Conversion.

 

(a)       Right to Convert. Each Holder shall have the right to consent at any time after which the Conversion Price is greater than $0.50, per common share ("Minimum Price"), and from time to time thereafter, all or any whole number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by the Holder into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, free and clear of any liens, claims. preemptive rights or encumbrances imposed by or through the Company (the "Conversion Shares"), as is computed in accordance with the terms hereof (a “Conversion”).

 

(b)       Reservation of Common Stock issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall, at all times, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, free from any preemptive rights, solely for the purpose of effecting Conversions hereunder, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the Conversion of all of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock.

 

(c)       Conversion Notice. In order to convert shares of Series D Preferred Stock, or any portion thereof, the Holder shall send by facsimile transmission. (with a hard copy to follow by Overnight Delivery or Certified or Registered First Class Mail), at any time prior to 4:59 p.m., local New York. New York U.S. time. on the date on which the Holder wishes to effect such Conversion (the "Conversion Date"), a notice of conversion to the Company and to its designated transfer agent for the Common Stock (the “Transfer Agent”) stating the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted, (a “Conversion Notice"). The Holder shall thereafter send the original of such certificate and certificates by a reputable, national overnight delivery service to the Company or Transfer Agent, as instructed by the Company.

 

(d)       Number of Conversion Shares: Conversion Premium. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible shall be determined by dividing $130.00 (the $100 Stated Value, plus a $30 conversion premium) by the average of the closing bid prices for the Company's shares, for the fifteen (15) days preceding the Conversion Notice Date, as determined by reference to the recorded price of the Company's shares on the OTC or other exchange (the "Conversion Price"), which shall not be less than the Minimum Price ($.050), and subject to adjustment as provided herein.

 

(e)       Delivery of Common Stock Upon Conversion. Following receipt of a Conversion Notice, the Company shall, no later than the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) business day following the Conversion Date set forth in such Conversion Notice, issue and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder the number of Conversion Sham determined as provided herein. Conversion Shares delivered to the Holder shall contain such restrictive legends as deemed necessary or appropriate by counsel to the Company, if the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be converted is less than the number of shares of stock on the certificate or certificates delivered to the Company, then the Company shall, along with the certificate, for the Conversion Shares, issue and deliver a certificate for the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock which are not converted. The certificates so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by .the Holder and shall be registered in the name of the Holder or such other name as shall be designated by the Holder. If a certificate of Series D Preferred Stock shall have been exercised only in part, them the Company shall, at its expense, at the time of delivery of such certificates, deliver to the holder a new certificate representing the number of shares with respect to which the Series D Preferred Stock shall not then have been exercised. In addition to all other available remedies at law or in equity, if the Company fails to deliver certificates for the Conversion Shares within fifteen (15) business days after the certificate of Series D Preferred Stock is exercised, then the Company shall pay to the Holder in cash a penalty (the “Penalty”) equal to 1% of the number of Conversion Shares that the Holder is entitled to multiplied by the Market Price (as hereinafter defined) for each day that the Company fails to deliver certificates for the Conversion Shares. For example, if the Holder is entitled to 100.000 Conversion Shares and the Market Price is $2.00, then the Company shall pay to the Holder $2,000 for each day that the Company fails to deliver certificates for the Conversion Shares. The Penalty shall be paid to the Holder by the fifth (5th) business day or the month following the month in which it has accrued.

 

 

 

  5  

 

 

(f)       Fractional Shares. If' any Conversion under this Section 5 or any adjustment under Section 6 would create a fraction share of Common Stock. the Company shall round the number of shares to be received to the nearest whole. share (with .5 shares being rounded up to the next whole share).

 

6.       Adjustments to Minimum Price and Certain Conversions.

 

(a)       Adjustment to Minimum Price. If (i) the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock split, stock dividend, reclassification or other similar event. the Minimum Price (i.e., $0.50) shall be proportionately reduced, or (ii) the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a reverse stock split. combination or reclassification of shares or other similar event, the minimum Price shall be proportionately increased. In such event the Company shall notify the Transfer Agent and the Series D Preferred Stock Holders of such change on or before the effective date thereof.

 

(b)       Adjustment Due to Merger. Consolidation. etc. If there shall be a merger, consolidation. exchange of shams, recapitalization. reorganization, redemption or other similar event, as a result of which shares of Common Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of the same or another class or classes of stock or securities of the Company or another entity, or there is a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to the Holders of the Common Stock. then each Series D Preferred Stock Holder shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the terms and conditions specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately therefore issuable upon Conversion. such stock. securities and/or other assents, if any, which such holder would have been entitled to receive in such transaction had such Series D Preferred Stock been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for the adjustment of the Minimum Price) shall thereafter be applicable as nearly as may be practicable in relation to any securities thereafter deliverable upon a Conversion. The Company shall not consummate any transaction described in this Section 6(b) unless the resulting successor or acquiring entity (if not the Company) assumes by written instrument the obligations of the Company under this Certificate for the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

7.       Voting Rights.

 

(a)       General. Other than the rights expressly provided for herein or provided by law, Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights. In any vote or action of the Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class required by law, each share of issued and outstanding Series D Preferred Stock shall entitle the Holder thereof to one vote per share.

 

(b)       Protective Provisions. So long as any Series D Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval by vote or written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, amend, waive or repeal any provisions of, or add any provision to these Articles of Designations; provided, however, that written consent of all Holders of SeriesD Preferred Stock shall be required with respect to any changes that would be detrimental to the rights, or treat any one Holder of Series D Preferred Stock under these Articles of Designation disproportionately with respect to such rights of the other Holders of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

8.       No Preemptive Rights. No Holder of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company shall be entitled, as of right, to purchase or subscribe for any part of the unissued stock of the Company or of any stock of the Company to be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized capital stock of the Company, or to purchase or subscribe for any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or carrying options or warrants to purchase stock or other securities of the Company or to purchase or subscribe for any, stock of the Company purchased by the Company or by its nominee or nominees or to have any, other preemptive rights now or hereafter defined by, the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

9.       No Reissuance of Series D Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock acquired by the Company by reason of purchase. conversion, or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and returned to the Company's treasury as authorized, but unissued, preferred stock.

 

10.       Protective Provisions. So long as any of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding and have not been converted into Common Stock the Company shall not. without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the Holders of at least a majority of the then

 

 

  6  

 

 

(i) amend or repeal any provision of the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would alter or change in a manner adverse to the interest of Holders of Series D Preferred Stock the designations, preferences and relative, participating. optional and other special rights, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series D Preferred Stock:

 

(ii) authorize or issue shares of any new class of stock having a preference over the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to participating dividends or assets: or

 

(iii) pay or declare any dividend on shares of Common Stock if current dividends on the SeriesD Preferred Stock remain unpaid, except dividends paid solely in Common Stock.

 

11.       Call Provision. The Company may, at any time after December 1, 2016, and from time to time thereafter, upon forty-five (45) days’ advanced written notice to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, repurchase all, or part of the SeriesD Preferred Stock shares at a purchase price equal to 150% of the Stated Value, per share, times the number of shares to be repurchased as specified in said notice. The Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert their shares into Common Stock prior to the end of said forty-five (45) day notice period.

 

12.       Miscellaneous

 

(a)       Transfer of Series I) Preferred Stuck. Any Holder may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock to any person or entity as long as such sale, transfer or disposition is the subject of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or such Holder delivers an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale, transfer, or disposition is exempt from registration thereunder: provided that no such opinion shall he required in the event of a sale by Holder to an affiliate, or if the Company shall waive said opinion requirement in its sole discretion.

 

(b)       Lost or Stolen Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a certificate representing shares of Series D Preferred Stock. and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactorily to the Transfer Agent for the Company, or the Company in its sole discretion, and upon surrender and cancellation or such certificate if mutilated, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new certificate identical in all respects to the original certificate.

 

(c)       Notices. Except as otherwise specified herein, any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given pursuant to the terms of this Certificate shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) when delivered personally or by verifiable facsimile transmission (with a hard copy to follow) on or before 5:00 p.m. New York, New York U.S. time, on a business day or. if such day is not a business day. on the next succeeding business day, or (ii) on the next business day after time) delivery to an overnight courier, or (iii) if to the Company, on the third business day after deposit in the U.S. mail by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. or (iv) if to the Holder, when deposited in the U.S. mail (first class, certified or registered) addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue

Suite 8-259

Las Vegas. Nevada 89119

Facsimile: 818-827-0900

 

or, such other address and facsimile number as the Company shall designate from time to time as its central office and main facsimile number; and

 

If to any Holder.    to such address as registered on the books of the Company for issuance of a certificate representing their shares, or as shall be designated. from time to time. by such Holder in writhing to the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Certificate this 25th of day of November, 2013.

 

 

  GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Gary Rasmussen
  Name: Gary Rasmussen
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

ATTEST:

 

By: /s/ Terry Gabby

Name: Terry Gabby

Title: Secretary

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING THROUGH THE WEBSITE MAINTAINED BY THE COMPANY. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS MAY NOT TREAT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, THE OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OF THE OTHER MATERIALS RELATING TO THE OFFERING AND PRESENTED TO INVESTORS ON THE COMPANY’S WEBSITE OR PROVIDED BY THE BROKER (COLLECTIVELY, THE “OFFERING MATERIALS”) OR ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING “TESTING THE WATERS” MATERIALS) AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND THE RISKS INVOLVED. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE INVESTOR’S OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISOR AS TO INVESTMENT, LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING THE INVESTOR’S PROPOSED INVESTMENT.

 

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

 

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

 

THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS WAS PREPARED BY THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. 

 

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.

 

 

  1  
 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1. Subscription.

 

(a) The undersigned (“Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase Common Stock (the “Securities”), of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $0.008 per share of Common Stock (the “Per Security Price”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(b) Subscriber understands that the Securities are being offered pursuant to an offering circular (the “Offering Circular”) filed with the SEC as part of the Offering Statement. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has received this Subscription Agreement, copies of the Offering Circular and Offering Statement, including exhibits thereto, and any other information required by the Subscriber to make an investment decision.

 

(c) The Subscriber’s subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to a Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion. In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of Securities Subscriber has subscribed for. The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected. If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate.

 

(d) The aggregate number of Securities sold for the Company shall not exceed 375,000,000 shares (the “Maximum Offering”). The Company may accept subscriptions until the termination date given in the Offering Circular, unless otherwise extended by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with applicable SEC regulations for such other period required to sell the Maximum Offering (the “Termination Date”). The Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering, on various dates at or prior to the Termination Date (each a “Closing Date”).

 

(e) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Securities (or any portion thereof) is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 5 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.

 

2. Purchase Procedure.

 

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Securities shall be paid simultaneously with the execution and delivery to the Company of the signature page of this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber shall deliver a signed copy of this Subscription Agreement (which may be executed and delivered electronically), along with payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Securities by ACH electronic transfer or wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, or by any combination of such methods.

 

(b) No Escrow. The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to Subscriber that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.

 

(a) Organization and Standing. The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

 

 

  2  
 

 

(b) Issuance of the Securities. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Subscription Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. The Securities, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(c) Authority for Agreement. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities) are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Upon full execution hereof, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

 

(d) No filings. Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Capitalization. The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial investment in the Securities is as set forth in “Securities Being Offered” in the Offering Circular. Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.

 

(f) Financial statements. Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company given in the Offering Circular and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two-year period then ended (the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to the Subscriber and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods indicated.

 

(g) Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities as set forth in “Use of Proceeds to issuer” in the Offering Circular.

 

(h) Litigation. There is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of such Subscriber’s respective Closing Date(s):

 

(a) Requisite Power and Authority. Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder and to carry out their provisions. All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing Date. Upon their execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder will be valid and binding obligations of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(b) Investment Representations. Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement.

 

(c) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is a limited public market for the Securities and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Securities on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Securities. Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of losing Subscriber’s entire investment in the Securities. Subscriber also understands that an investment in the Company involves significant risks and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Securities.

 

(d) Company Information. Subscriber understands that the Company is subject to all the risks that apply to early-stage companies, whether or not those risks are explicitly set out in the Offering Circular. Subscriber has had such opportunity as it deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities. Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Subscriber acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

 

(e) Valuation. The Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Securities was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. The Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of Securities may be made at lower valuations, with the result that the Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

 

(f) Domicile. Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page.

 

(g) No Brokerage Fees. There are no claims for brokerage commission, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement or related documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon Subscriber.

 

(h) Issuer-Directed Offering; No Underwriter. Subscriber understands that the offering is being conducted by the Company directly (issuer-directed) and the Company has not engaged a selling agent such as an underwriter or placement agent.

 

(i) Foreign Investors. If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities. Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

 

5. Survival of Representations. The representations, warranties and covenants made by the Subscriber herein shall survive the Termination Date of this Agreement.

 

6. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

7. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

     

 

If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as shown on the signature page hereto

 

or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice. Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

 

8. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.

 

(b) This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber.

 

(c) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(d) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber.

 

(e) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

 

(f) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(g) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(h) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

 

(i) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(k) If any recapitalization or other transaction affecting the stock of the Company is effected, then any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is distributed with respect to the Securities shall be immediately subject to this Subscription Agreement, to the same extent that the Securities, immediately prior thereto, shall have been covered by this Subscription Agreement.

 

(l) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE

 

The undersigned, desiring to purchase Common Stock of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. by executing this signature page, hereby executes, adopts and agrees to all terms, conditions and representations of the Subscription Agreement.

 

(a)       The number of shares of Common Stock the undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for is:     ____________ (print number of Shares)
     
(b)       The aggregate purchase price (based on a purchase price of $0.008 per Share) for the  Common Stock the undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for is:     $_____________ (print aggregate purchase price)
     
(c)       The Securities being subscribed for will be owned by, and should be recorded on the Company’s books as held in the name of:    
     
     
(print name of owner or joint owners)    

  

   

If the Securities are to be purchased in joint names, both Subscribers must sign:

Signature    
   
    Signature
     
Name (Please Print)  
 
    Name (Please Print)
     
Entity Name (if applicable)    
     
     
Signatory title (if applicable)    
     
   
Email address   Email address
     
     
Address   Address
     
     
Telephone Number   Telephone Number
     
     
Social Security Number/EIN   Social Security Number
     
     
Date   Date
     
* * * * *    
    Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.
     
This Subscription is accepted on _____________, 2019   By:     __________________________
     
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

 

  7  

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

 

 

 

 

__________

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

__________

 

 

Gary Rasmussen – Chairman

 

__________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and Gary Rasmussen (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Employment Period. Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term (the "Employment Period") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Termination Date"); provided, however, that this Agreement shall be automatically extended for one additional year on the Initial Termination Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Initial Termination Date, unless either the Executive or the Company elects not to so extend the term of the Agreement by notifying the other party, in writing, of such election not less than sixty (60) days prior to the last day of the term as then in effect. For purposes of this Agreement, "Effective Date" shall mean the date written below.

 

2. Terms of Employment.

 

(a) Position and Duties.

 

(i) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company and shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such positions. At the Company's request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other offices and capacities in addition to the foregoing. In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive's compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement. In addition, in the event the Executive's service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive's compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination for so long as the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote appropriate attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and (D) undertake other business responsibilities. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities to Company; provided that no such activity that violates any written non-competition agreement between the parties shall be permitted.

 

(b) Compensation.

 

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the "Base Salary") as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time with due regard for the state of development of the Company, as the same may be increased thereafter pursuant to the Company's normal practices for its executives. The Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase in the Company's discretion. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term "Base Salary" as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so increased.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, an annual cash performance bonus annual Bonus") under the Company's bonus plan or plans applicable to senior executives. The amount of the Annual Bonus and the target performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan as in effect from time to time.

 

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company.

 

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives.

 

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company.

 

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.

 

(vii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to its senior executives.

 

(viii) Additional Payments. The amount of compensation payable to Executive pursuant to Sections 2(b)(i) and (ii) above shall be "grossed up" as necessary (on an after-tax basis) to compensate for any additional social security withholding taxes due as a result of Executive's shared employment by any subsidiary and/or affiliate of the Company, the Company, if applicable.

 

3. Termination of Employment.

 

(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 90 consecutive days or on a total of 180 days in any 12-month period, in either case as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.

 

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events unless the Executive fully corrects the circumstances constituting Cause within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the Notice of Termination (as defined below):

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(i) the Executive's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties;

 

(ii) the Executive's willful commission of an act of fraud or dishonesty resulting in economic or financial injury to the Company;

   

(iii) the Executive's conviction of, or entry by the Executive of a guilty plea to the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(iv) a willful breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duty to the Company which results in economic or other injury to the Company; or

 

(v) the Executive's willful and material breach of the Executive's covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of any of the conduct described in Section 3(b), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, that if the Executive is a member of the Board, the Executive shall not vote on such resolution nor shall the Executive be counted in determining the "entire membership" of the Board.

 

(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive's prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) prior to the Date of Termination (as defined below):

 

(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent in any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

(ii) the Company's reduction of the Executive's annual base salary or bonus opportunity, each as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

 

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed (the "Principal Location") to a location more than thirty (30) miles from such location, or the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at a location more than thirty (30) miles from the Principal Location, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's present business travel obligations;

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(iv) the Company's failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

 

(v) the Company's failure to cure a material breach of its obligations under the Agreement after written notice is delivered to the Board by the Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive believes that the Company has breached its obligations under the Agreement and the Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cure any such breach.

 

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 12(c) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

 

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein (which date shall not be more than 30 days after the giving of such notice), as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be the tenth day after the date on which the Executive notifies the Company of such termination, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive, and (iv) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death or Disability of the Executive, as the case may be.

 

4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

 

(a) Without Cause or For Good Reason. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason:

 

(i) The Executive shall be paid, in a single lump sum payment within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the aggregate amount of (A) the Executive's earned but unpaid Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, and any Annual bonus required to be paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) above for any fiscal year of the Company that ends on or before the Date of Termination to the extent not previously paid (the "Accrued Obligations"), and (B) two (the "Severance Multiple") times the sum of (x) the annual Base Salary in effect on the Termination Date plus (y) the average Annual Bonus received by the Executive for the three complete fiscal years (or such lesser number of years as the Executive has been employed by the Company) of the Company immediately prior to the Termination Date (the "Severance Amount");

 

(ii) At the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Executive shall be paid an Annual Bonus in an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled if the Executive's employment had not been terminated, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such fiscal year (a "Pro-Rated Annual Bonus");

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(iii) For a period of years equal to the Severance Multiple, the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(a)(iii) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company.

 

(iv) The Company shall, at its sole expense and on an as-incurred basis, provide the Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be reasonable and consistent with industry practice for similarly situated executives; and

 

(v) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive's right to receive the amounts provided for in Sections 4(a)(i)(B) and 4(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) above that the Executive execute, deliver to the Company and not revoke a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

(b) For Cause or Without Good Reason. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement other than pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and the obligation to pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination and to provide the Other Benefits.

 

(c) Death or Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period:

 

(i) The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination;

 

(ii) 100% of the Executive's annual Base Salary, as in effect on the Date of Termination, shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days following the Date of Termination;

 

(iii) The Pro-Rated Annual Bonus shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, at the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs;

 

(iv) For a period of twelve months following the Date of Termination, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall continue to be provided with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(d)(iv) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company; and

 

(v) The Other Benefits shall be paid or provided to the Executive on a timely basis.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

5. Termination Upon a Change in Control. If a Change in Control (as defined herein) occurs during the Employment Period and the Executive's employment is terminated (a) by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case within two (2) years after the effective date of the Change in Control or (b) by the Executive for any reason on or within 30 days after the one year anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control, then the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(a), subject to the terms and conditions thereof, except that for purposes of this Section 5, the Severance Multiple shall equal three (3). In addition, in the event of such a termination of the Executive's employment, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company's equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any "person" or "group" (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules thereunder) of "beneficial ownership" (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("voting securities") of the Company that represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities, other than

 

(A) an acquisition of securities by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

 

(B) an acquisition of securities by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

 

(C) an acquisition of securities pursuant to a transaction described in clause (iii) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (iii), or

 

(D) any direct or indirect acquisition of securities by the Executive or his family, or any entity controlled thereby;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following event shall not constitute an "acquisition" by any person or group for purposes of this clause (i): an acquisition of the Company's securities by the Company which causes the Company's voting securities beneficially owned by a person or group to represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that if a person or group shall become the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities by reason of share acquisitions by the Company as described above and shall, after such share acquisitions by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional voting securities of the Company, then such acquisition shall constitute a Change in Control;

 

(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company's shareholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

(iii) the consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction

 

(A) which results in the Company's voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company's assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the "Successor Entity")) directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity's outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(B) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (B) as beneficially owning 35% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(iv) approval by the Company's shareholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

For purposes of clause (i) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders, and for purposes of clause (iii) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders.

 

6. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

7. Full Settlement. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as expressly provided, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred (within 30 days following the Company's receipt of an invoice from the Executive), to the full extent permitted by law, all reasonable legal fees and expenses which the Executive or his beneficiaries may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive or his beneficiaries about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. The preceding sentence shall not apply with respect to any such contest if the court having jurisdiction over such contest determines that the Executive's claim in such contest is frivolous or maintained in bad faith.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

 

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any Payment would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the "Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(a), if it shall be determined that the Executive is entitled to the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, but that the Parachute Value of all Payments does not exceed 110% of the Safe Harbor Amount, then no Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount. The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by first reducing the payments under Section 4(a)(i), unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by the Executive, and in any event shall be made in such a manner as to maximize the Value of all Payments actually made to the Executive. For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced. If the reduction of the amount payable under this Agreement would not result in a reduction of the Parachute Value of all Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, no amounts payable under the Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company's obligation to make Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments under this Section 8 shall not be conditioned upon the Executive's termination of employment.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such nationally recognized accounting firm as may be selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive (the "Accounting Firm"); provided, that the Accounting Firm's determination shall be made based upon "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code. The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, unless the Company obtains an opinion of outside legal counsel, based upon at least "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code, reaching a different determination, in which event such legal opinion shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments that will not have been made by the Company should have been made (the "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

 

(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim. The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

 

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that, if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such advance; and provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment or an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 8(c), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(f) Any other liability for unpaid or unwithheld Excise Taxes shall be borne exclusively by the Company, in accordance with Section 3403 of the Code. The foregoing sentence shall not in any manner relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Employment Agreement.

 

(g) Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for poses of this Section 8:

 

(i) "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax.

 

(ii) "Parachute Value" of a Payment shall mean the present value as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a "parachute payment" under Section 280G(b)(2), as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

(iii) A "Payment" shall mean any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(iv) The "Safe Harbor Amount" shall mean 2.99 times the Executive's "base amount," within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

 

(v) "Value" of a Payment shall mean the economic present value of a Payment as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm using the discount rate required by Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

 

9. Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation.

 

(a) In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. However, in recognition of the facts that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of a breach by the Executive of his obligations under Sections 9(a) and (b) of this Agreement, that monetary damages for such breach would not be readily calculable, and that the Company would not have an adequate remedy at law therefor, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that in the event of such breach, or the threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other legal remedies and damages available, to specific performance thereof and to temporary and permanent injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) to restrain the violation or threatened violation of such obligations by the Executive.

 

(b) The Employee shall, at all times during and subsequent to the Term, keep secret and retain in strictest confidence all confidential matters of the Company, and the "know-how", trade secrets, technical processes, inventions, equipment specifications, equipment designs, plans, drawings, research projects, confidential client lists, details of client, subcontractor or consultant contracts, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans and strategies, project development, acquisition and bidding techniques and plans, business acquisition plans, and new personnel acquisition plans of the Company and its subsidiaries and divisions (whether now known or hereafter learned by the Employee), except to the extent that (i) such information is generally available to the public without restriction, (ii) the Employee obtains confidentiality agreements with respect to such confidential information, (iii) the Employee is requested by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee thereof, or by the Chairman of the Company, to disclose such confidential information, (iv) such information is provided to a customer of the Company pursuant to a request received from such customer in the ordinary course of business, or (v) the Employee is under compulsion of either a court order or a governmental agency's or authority's inquiry, order or request to so disclose such information.

 

(c) Property of the Company.

 

(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, all lists, records and other non-personal documents or papers (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries or divisions, including such items stored in computer memories, on microfiche or by any other means, made or compiled by or on behalf of the Employee, or made available to the Employee, are and shall be the property of the Company, and shall be delivered to the Company on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company, or sooner upon request of the Company at any time or from time to time.

 

(ii) All inventions, including any procedures, formulas, methods, processes, uses, apparatuses, patterns, designs, plans, drawings, devices or configurations of any kind, any and all improvements to them which are developed, discovered, made or produced, and all trade secrets and information used by the Company and/or its subsidiaries and divisions (including, without limitation, any such matters created or developed by the Employee during the term of this Agreement), shall be the exclusive property of the Company or the subject subsidiary, and shall be delivered to the Company or the subject subsidiary (without the Employee retaining any copies, components or records thereof) on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to grant to the Company any property rights in any inventions or other intellectual property which may at any time be developed by the Employee which is wholly unrelated to any business then engaged in or under development by the Company.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

(d) The Employee shall not, at any time (whether during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter), directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any business enterprise other than the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates, solicit any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to leave his or her employment with the Company or such subsidiary, or encourage any such employee to leave such employment, without the prior written approval of the Company in each instance.

 

(e) Non-Competition. For so long as the Employee shall be receiving any compensation or remuneration under this Agreement, and for a further period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually or as an employee, stockholder (other than the passive ownership of up to 5% of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), partner, joint venturer, agent or other representative of any other person, firm or corporation, engage or have any interest in any business (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) which, in any country in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions does or solicits business during the Term, is engaged in or derives any revenues from performing any functionally equivalent services or marketing any functionally equivalent products as those services provided and products marketed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions during the Term.

 

(f) Severability of Covenants. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 9 of this Agreement are (a) made in consideration of the premises and undertakings of the Company set forth herein, (b) made for good, valuable and adequate consideration received and to be received by the Employee, and (c) reasonable and necessary, in terms of the time, geographic scope and nature of the restrictions, for the protection of the Company and the business and good will thereof. It is intended that the provisions of this Section 9 be fully severable, and in the event that any of the foregoing restrictions, or any portion of the foregoing restrictions, shall be deemed contrary to law, invalid or unenforceable in any respect by any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, then such restrictions shall be deemed to be amended, modified and reduced in scope and effect, as to duration and/or geographic area, only to that extent necessary to render same valid and enforceable (and in such reduced form, such provisions shall then be enforceable), and any other of the foregoing restrictions shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(g) Equitable Remedies. The parties hereby acknowledge that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Employee of the provisions of this Section 9, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company may seek and obtain appropriate equitable relief to restrain or enjoin such breach or threatened breach and/or to compel compliance herewith.

 

(h) Trade Secrets. The Parties hereby agree and stipulate that any confidential information of the Parties shall be deemed a "trade secret" as that term is defined under the Economic Espionage Act of 1996 (the "Act"), and further agree and stipulate that the Parties by this Agreement have taken all reasonable steps under the Act to keep such information secret.

 

10. Successors.

 

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.

 

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

11. Payment of Financial Obligations. The payment or provision to the Executive by the Company of any remuneration, benefits or other financial obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be allocated to the Company and, if applicable, any subsidiary and/or affiliate thereof from time to time.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(b) Arbitration. Except as set forth in Section 9(c) above, any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement or any arrangements relating to this Agreement or contemplated in this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be settled by final and binding arbitration administered by the America Arbitration Association in Tampa, Nevada in accordance with the then existing American Arbitration Association Rules and Procedures for Employment Disputes. In the event of such an arbitration proceeding, the Executive and the Company shall select a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator from among the American Arbitration Association panel of arbitrators. In the event the Executive and the Company cannot agree on an arbitrator, the Administrator of American Arbitration Association will appoint an arbitrator. Neither the Executive nor the Company nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties. Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the state of Nevada, or federal law, or both, as applicable, and the arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator shall render an award and a written, reasoned opinion in support thereof. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive: at the Executive's most recent address on the records of the Company,

 

If to the Company: at the Company’s principal offices, attention of the Company’s Secretary and President.

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective hen actually received by the addressee.

 

(d) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

  13  
 

 

(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(g) No Waiver. The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(h) Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with any non-competition agreement between the parties, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by any related entity, or representative of the Company or the transactions related thereto. The Executive agrees that any such agreement, offer or promise between the Executive and Employer (or any representative thereof) is hereby terminated and will be of no further force or effect, and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that upon his execution of this Agreement, he will have no right or interest in or with respect to any such agreement, offer or promise. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the immediately preceding sentence) shall have no force or effect.

 

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year written below.

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

A Nevada Corporation

 

 

By: /s/ Alan Bailey

 

Name: Alan Bailey

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

  

 

/s/ Gary Rasmussen

Gary Rasmussen

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE:

 

Dated: July 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

  14  

 

Exhibit 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

_____

 

 

by and between

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

and

 

 

Gary Rasmussen, indemnitee

 

______

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

____________________

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as July 19, 2019, by and between Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and Gary Rasmussen, INDEMNITEE (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and an officer of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Nevada law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions:

 

(a) Board: the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) Affiliate: any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(c) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Act or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his spouse or lineal descendants), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

(d) Expenses: any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(e) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

 

(f) Independent Counsel: the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(g) Proceeding: any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

 

(h) Reviewing Party: the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(i) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2. Agreement to Indemnify.

 

(a) General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its shareholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(b) Initiation of Proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

 

(c) Expense Advances. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

(d) Mandatory Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e) Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f) Prohibited Indemnification. No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

 

3. Reviewing Party. Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal.

 

(a) Indemnification Payment. Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Nevada having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

 

(a) Notice. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

 

(b) Defense. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(c) Settlement of Claims. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

 

7. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within ten business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. The Company shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

 

8. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

11. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

14. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

15. Severability. If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

 

And, to Indemnitee at:

 

Gary Rasmussen

c/o  Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

 

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

Company

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Alan Bailey                                 

  Alan Bailey, CFO

 

 

 

Gary Rasmussen, Indemnitee

 

 

/s/ Gary Rasmussen                               

Gary Rasmussen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8  

Exhibit 6.3

 

 

 

 

 

__________

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

__________

 

 

Alan Bailey – Chief Financial Officer

__________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company"), and Alan Bailey (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Employment Period. Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term (the "Employment Period") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Termination Date"); provided, however, that this Agreement shall be automatically extended for one additional year on the Initial Termination Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Initial Termination Date, unless either the Executive or the Company elects not to so extend the term of the Agreement by notifying the other party, in writing, of such election not less than sixty (60) days prior to the last day of the term as then in effect. For purposes of this Agreement, "Effective Date" shall mean the date written below.

 

2. Terms of Employment.

 

(a) Position and Duties.

 

(i) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such positions. At the Company's request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other offices and capacities in addition to the foregoing. In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive's compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement. In addition, in the event the Executive's service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive's compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination for so long as the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote appropriate attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and (D) undertake other business responsibilities. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities to Company; provided that no such activity that violates any written non-competition agreement between the parties shall be permitted.

 

(b) Compensation.

 

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the "Base Salary") as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time with due regard for the state of development of the Company, as the same may be increased thereafter pursuant to the Company's normal practices for its executives. The Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase in the Company's discretion. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term "Base Salary" as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so increased.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, an annual cash performance bonus annual Bonus") under the Company's bonus plan or plans applicable to senior executives. The amount of the Annual Bonus and the target performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan as in effect from time to time.

 

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company.

 

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives.

 

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company.

 

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.

 

(vii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to its senior executives.

 

(viii) Additional Payments. The amount of compensation payable to Executive pursuant to Sections 2(b)(i) and (ii) above shall be "grossed up" as necessary (on an after-tax basis) to compensate for any additional social security withholding taxes due as a result of Executive's shared employment by any subsidiary and/or affiliate of the Company, the Company, if applicable.

 

3. Termination of Employment.

 

(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 90 consecutive days or on a total of 180 days in any 12-month period, in either case as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.

 

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events unless the Executive fully corrects the circumstances constituting Cause within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the Notice of Termination (as defined below):

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(i) the Executive's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties;

 

(ii) the Executive's willful commission of an act of fraud or dishonesty resulting in economic or financial injury to the Company;

   

(iii) the Executive's conviction of, or entry by the Executive of a guilty plea to the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(iv) a willful breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duty to the Company which results in economic or other injury to the Company; or

 

(v) the Executive's willful and material breach of the Executive's covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of any of the conduct described in Section 3(b), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, that if the Executive is a member of the Board, the Executive shall not vote on such resolution nor shall the Executive be counted in determining the "entire membership" of the Board.

 

(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive's prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) prior to the Date of Termination (as defined below):

 

(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent in any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

(ii) the Company's reduction of the Executive's annual base salary or bonus opportunity, each as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

 

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed (the "Principal Location") to a location more than thirty (30) miles from such location, or the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at a location more than thirty (30) miles from the Principal Location, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's present business travel obligations;

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(iv) the Company's failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

 

(v) the Company's failure to cure a material breach of its obligations under the Agreement after written notice is delivered to the Board by the Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive believes that the Company has breached its obligations under the Agreement and the Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cure any such breach.

 

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 12(c) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

 

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein (which date shall not be more than 30 days after the giving of such notice), as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be the tenth day after the date on which the Executive notifies the Company of such termination, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive, and (iv) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death or Disability of the Executive, as the case may be.

 

4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

 

(a) Without Cause or For Good Reason. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason:

 

(i) The Executive shall be paid, in a single lump sum payment within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the aggregate amount of (A) the Executive's earned but unpaid Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, and any Annual bonus required to be paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) above for any fiscal year of the Company that ends on or before the Date of Termination to the extent not previously paid (the "Accrued Obligations"), and (B) two (the "Severance Multiple") times the sum of (x) the annual Base Salary in effect on the Termination Date plus (y) the average Annual Bonus received by the Executive for the three complete fiscal years (or such lesser number of years as the Executive has been employed by the Company) of the Company immediately prior to the Termination Date (the "Severance Amount");

 

(ii) At the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Executive shall be paid an Annual Bonus in an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled if the Executive's employment had not been terminated, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such fiscal year (a "Pro-Rated Annual Bonus");

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(iii) For a period of years equal to the Severance Multiple, the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(a)(iii) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company.

 

(iv) The Company shall, at its sole expense and on an as-incurred basis, provide the Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be reasonable and consistent with industry practice for similarly situated executives; and

 

(v) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive's right to receive the amounts provided for in Sections 4(a)(i)(B) and 4(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) above that the Executive execute, deliver to the Company and not revoke a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

(b) For Cause or Without Good Reason. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement other than pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and the obligation to pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination and to provide the Other Benefits.

 

(c) Death or Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period:

 

(i) The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination;

 

(ii) 100% of the Executive's annual Base Salary, as in effect on the Date of Termination, shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days following the Date of Termination;

 

(iii) The Pro-Rated Annual Bonus shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, at the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs;

 

(iv) For a period of twelve months following the Date of Termination, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall continue to be provided with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(d)(iv) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company; and

 

(v) The Other Benefits shall be paid or provided to the Executive on a timely basis.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

5. Termination Upon a Change in Control. If a Change in Control (as defined herein) occurs during the Employment Period and the Executive's employment is terminated (a) by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case within two (2) years after the effective date of the Change in Control or (b) by the Executive for any reason on or within 30 days after the one year anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control, then the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(a), subject to the terms and conditions thereof, except that for purposes of this Section 5, the Severance Multiple shall equal three (3). In addition, in the event of such a termination of the Executive's employment, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company's equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any "person" or "group" (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules thereunder) of "beneficial ownership" (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("voting securities") of the Company that represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities, other than

 

(A) an acquisition of securities by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

 

(B) an acquisition of securities by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

 

(C) an acquisition of securities pursuant to a transaction described in clause (iii) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (iii), or

 

(D) any direct or indirect acquisition of securities by the Executive or his family, or any entity controlled thereby;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following event shall not constitute an "acquisition" by any person or group for purposes of this clause (i): an acquisition of the Company's securities by the Company which causes the Company's voting securities beneficially owned by a person or group to represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that if a person or group shall become the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities by reason of share acquisitions by the Company as described above and shall, after such share acquisitions by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional voting securities of the Company, then such acquisition shall constitute a Change in Control;

 

(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company's shareholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

 

(iii) the consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

(A) which results in the Company's voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company's assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the "Successor Entity")) directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity's outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(B) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (B) as beneficially owning 35% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(iv) approval by the Company's shareholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

For purposes of clause (i) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders, and for purposes of clause (iii) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders.

 

6. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

7. Full Settlement. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as expressly provided, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred (within 30 days following the Company's receipt of an invoice from the Executive), to the full extent permitted by law, all reasonable legal fees and expenses which the Executive or his beneficiaries may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive or his beneficiaries about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. The preceding sentence shall not apply with respect to any such contest if the court having jurisdiction over such contest determines that the Executive's claim in such contest is frivolous or maintained in bad faith.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

 

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any Payment would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the "Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(a), if it shall be determined that the Executive is entitled to the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, but that the Parachute Value of all Payments does not exceed 110% of the Safe Harbor Amount, then no Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount. The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by first reducing the payments under Section 4(a)(i), unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by the Executive, and in any event shall be made in such a manner as to maximize the Value of all Payments actually made to the Executive. For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced. If the reduction of the amount payable under this Agreement would not result in a reduction of the Parachute Value of all Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, no amounts payable under the Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company's obligation to make Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments under this Section 8 shall not be conditioned upon the Executive's termination of employment.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such nationally recognized accounting firm as may be selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive (the "Accounting Firm"); provided, that the Accounting Firm's determination shall be made based upon "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code. The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, unless the Company obtains an opinion of outside legal counsel, based upon at least "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code, reaching a different determination, in which event such legal opinion shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments that will not have been made by the Company should have been made (the "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

 

(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim. The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

 

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that, if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such advance; and provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment or an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 8(c), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(f) Any other liability for unpaid or unwithheld Excise Taxes shall be borne exclusively by the Company, in accordance with Section 3403 of the Code. The foregoing sentence shall not in any manner relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Employment Agreement.

 

(g) Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for poses of this Section 8:

 

(i) "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax.

 

(ii) "Parachute Value" of a Payment shall mean the present value as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a "parachute payment" under Section 280G(b)(2), as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

(iii) A "Payment" shall mean any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(iv) The "Safe Harbor Amount" shall mean 2.99 times the Executive's "base amount," within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

 

(v) "Value" of a Payment shall mean the economic present value of a Payment as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm using the discount rate required by Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

 

9. Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation.

 

(a) In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. However, in recognition of the facts that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of a breach by the Executive of his obligations under Sections 9(a) and (b) of this Agreement, that monetary damages for such breach would not be readily calculable, and that the Company would not have an adequate remedy at law therefor, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that in the event of such breach, or the threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other legal remedies and damages available, to specific performance thereof and to temporary and permanent injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) to restrain the violation or threatened violation of such obligations by the Executive.

 

(b) The Employee shall, at all times during and subsequent to the Term, keep secret and retain in strictest confidence all confidential matters of the Company, and the "know-how", trade secrets, technical processes, inventions, equipment specifications, equipment designs, plans, drawings, research projects, confidential client lists, details of client, subcontractor or consultant contracts, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans and strategies, project development, acquisition and bidding techniques and plans, business acquisition plans, and new personnel acquisition plans of the Company and its subsidiaries and divisions (whether now known or hereafter learned by the Employee), except to the extent that (i) such information is generally available to the public without restriction, (ii) the Employee obtains confidentiality agreements with respect to such confidential information, (iii) the Employee is requested by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee thereof, or by the Chairman of the Company, to disclose such confidential information, (iv) such information is provided to a customer of the Company pursuant to a request received from such customer in the ordinary course of business, or (v) the Employee is under compulsion of either a court order or a governmental agency's or authority's inquiry, order or request to so disclose such information.

 

(c) Property of the Company.

 

(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, all lists, records and other non-personal documents or papers (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries or divisions, including such items stored in computer memories, on microfiche or by any other means, made or compiled by or on behalf of the Employee, or made available to the Employee, are and shall be the property of the Company, and shall be delivered to the Company on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company, or sooner upon request of the Company at any time or from time to time.

 

(ii) All inventions, including any procedures, formulas, methods, processes, uses, apparatuses, patterns, designs, plans, drawings, devices or configurations of any kind, any and all improvements to them which are developed, discovered, made or produced, and all trade secrets and information used by the Company and/or its subsidiaries and divisions (including, without limitation, any such matters created or developed by the Employee during the term of this Agreement), shall be the exclusive property of the Company or the subject subsidiary, and shall be delivered to the Company or the subject subsidiary (without the Employee retaining any copies, components or records thereof) on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to grant to the Company any property rights in any inventions or other intellectual property which may at any time be developed by the Employee which is wholly unrelated to any business then engaged in or under development by the Company.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

(d) The Employee shall not, at any time (whether during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter), directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any business enterprise other than the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates, solicit any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to leave his or her employment with the Company or such subsidiary, or encourage any such employee to leave such employment, without the prior written approval of the Company in each instance.

 

(e) Non-Competition. For so long as the Employee shall be receiving any compensation or remuneration under this Agreement, and for a further period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually or as an employee, stockholder (other than the passive ownership of up to 5% of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), partner, joint venturer, agent or other representative of any other person, firm or corporation, engage or have any interest in any business (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) which, in any country in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions does or solicits business during the Term, is engaged in or derives any revenues from performing any functionally equivalent services or marketing any functionally equivalent products as those services provided and products marketed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions during the Term.

 

(f) Severability of Covenants. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 9 of this Agreement are (a) made in consideration of the premises and undertakings of the Company set forth herein, (b) made for good, valuable and adequate consideration received and to be received by the Employee, and (c) reasonable and necessary, in terms of the time, geographic scope and nature of the restrictions, for the protection of the Company and the business and good will thereof. It is intended that the provisions of this Section 9 be fully severable, and in the event that any of the foregoing restrictions, or any portion of the foregoing restrictions, shall be deemed contrary to law, invalid or unenforceable in any respect by any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, then such restrictions shall be deemed to be amended, modified and reduced in scope and effect, as to duration and/or geographic area, only to that extent necessary to render same valid and enforceable (and in such reduced form, such provisions shall then be enforceable), and any other of the foregoing restrictions shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(g) Equitable Remedies. The parties hereby acknowledge that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Employee of the provisions of this Section 9, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company may seek and obtain appropriate equitable relief to restrain or enjoin such breach or threatened breach and/or to compel compliance herewith.

 

(h) Trade Secrets. The Parties hereby agree and stipulate that any confidential information of the Parties shall be deemed a "trade secret" as that term is defined under the Economic Espionage Act of 1996 (the "Act"), and further agree and stipulate that the Parties by this Agreement have taken all reasonable steps under the Act to keep such information secret.

 

10. Successors.

 

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.

 

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

11. Payment of Financial Obligations. The payment or provision to the Executive by the Company of any remuneration, benefits or other financial obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be allocated to the Company and, if applicable, any subsidiary and/or affiliate thereof from time to time.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(b) Arbitration. Except as set forth in Section 9(c) above, any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement or any arrangements relating to this Agreement or contemplated in this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be settled by final and binding arbitration administered by the America Arbitration Association in Tampa, Nevada in accordance with the then existing American Arbitration Association Rules and Procedures for Employment Disputes. In the event of such an arbitration proceeding, the Executive and the Company shall select a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator from among the American Arbitration Association panel of arbitrators. In the event the Executive and the Company cannot agree on an arbitrator, the Administrator of American Arbitration Association will appoint an arbitrator. Neither the Executive nor the Company nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties. Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the state of Nevada, or federal law, or both, as applicable, and the arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator shall render an award and a written, reasoned opinion in support thereof. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive: at the Executive's most recent address on the records of the Company,

 

If to the Company: at the Company’s principal offices, attention of the Company’s Secretary and President.

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective hen actually received by the addressee.

 

(d) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

 

 

  13  
 

 

(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(g) No Waiver. The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

(h) Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with any non-competition agreement between the parties, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by any related entity, or representative of the Company or the transactions related thereto. The Executive agrees that any such agreement, offer or promise between the Executive and Employer (or any representative thereof) is hereby terminated and will be of no further force or effect, and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that upon his execution of this Agreement, he will have no right or interest in or with respect to any such agreement, offer or promise. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the immediately preceding sentence) shall have no force or effect.

 

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year written below.

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

A Nevada Corporation

 

 

By: /s/ Gary Rasmussen

 

Name: Gary Rasmussen

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

EXECUTIVE

  

 

/s/ Alan Bailey

Alan Bailey

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE:

 

Dated: July 1, 2019

 

 

 

  14  

Exhibit 6.4

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

_____

 

 

by and between

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

and

 

 

Alan Bailey, indemnitee

 

______

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

_________________________

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as July 19, 2019, by and between Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), and Alan Bailey, INDEMNITEE (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a an officer of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Nevada law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for (i) substantial protection against personal liability based on Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and (iii) an inducement to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Nevada law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions:

 

(a) Board: the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b) Affiliate: any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

 

(c) Change in Control: shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, and other than any person holding shares of the Company on the date that the Company first registers under the Act or any transferee of such individual if such transferee is a spouse or lineal descendant of the transferee or a trust for the benefit of the individual, his spouse or lineal descendants), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(d) Expenses: any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

 

(e) Indemnifiable Event: any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

 

(f) Independent Counsel: the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(g) Proceeding: any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

 

(h) Reviewing Party: the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(i) Voting Securities: any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2. Agreement to Indemnify.

 

(a) General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted (but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its shareholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

 

(b) Initiation of Proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 5; or (iii) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(c) Expense Advances. If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

(d) Mandatory Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

(e) Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f) Prohibited Indemnification. No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

 

3. Reviewing Party. Prior to any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below shall become the Reviewing Party. With respect to all matters arising after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last five years. The Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee should be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4. Indemnification Process and Appeal.

 

(a) Indemnification Payment. Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has given a written opinion to the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

 

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within thirty days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court in the State of Nevada having subject matter jurisdiction thereof seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by the Indemnitee shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or Company (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

5. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be. In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

6. Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

 

(a) Notice. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 6(c).

 

(b) Defense. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

 

(c) Settlement of Claims. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

7. Establishment of Trust. In the event of a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) the Company shall, upon written request by Indemnitee, create a Trust for the benefit of the Indemnitee and from time to time upon written request of Indemnitee shall fund the Trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all Expenses reasonably anticipated at the time of each such request to be incurred in connection with investigating, preparing for, participating in, and/or defending any Proceeding relating to an Indemnifiable Event. The amount or amounts to be deposited in the Trust pursuant to the foregoing funding obligation shall be determined by the Independent Counsel. The terms of the Trust shall provide that (i) the Trust shall not be revoked or the principal thereof invaded without the written consent of the Indemnitee, (ii) the Trustee shall advance, within ten business days of a request by the Indemnitee, any and all Expenses to the Indemnitee (and the Indemnitee hereby agrees to reimburse the Trust under the same circumstances for which the Indemnitee would be required to reimburse the Company under Section 2(c) of this Agreement), (iii) the Trust shall continue to be funded by the Company in accordance with the funding obligation set forth above, (iv) the Trustee shall promptly pay to the Indemnitee all amounts for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and (v) all unexpended funds in the Trust shall revert to the Company upon a final determination by the Independent Counsel or a court of competent jurisdiction, as the case may be, that the Indemnitee has been fully indemnified under the terms of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be chosen by the Indemnitee. Nothing in this Section 7 shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. All income earned on the assets held in the Trust shall be reported as income by the Company for federal, state, local, and foreign tax purposes. The Company shall pay all costs of establishing and maintaining the Trust and shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the establishment and maintenance of the Trust.

 

8. Non-Exclusivity. The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9. Liability Insurance. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.

 

10. Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or its Affiliate shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

11. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

12. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

13. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

14. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

15. Severability. If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

 

And, to Indemnitee at:

 

Alan Bailey

c/o  Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue, Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

 

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

Company

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

By: /s/ Gary Rasmussen                         

  Gary Rasmussen, CEO

 

 

 

Alan Bailey, Indemnitee

 

 

/s/ Alan Bailey                               

Alan Bailey

 

 

 

 

 

  7  

Exhibit 6.5

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

Plan Summary

__________

 

The plan provides that an aggregate of up to 25,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock may be optioned to officers and other key employees. The plan provides authority for a Stock Option Plan Committee to select the employees of the Company, and its subsidiaries, to whom incentive stock options will be granted. No person may be granted any option unless he agrees to remain an employee of the Company for at least two years. There are approximately three officers and directors of the Company plus other key employees eligible to receive options under the plan. All officers may participate in the plan.

 

Following the statutory requirements of new Code 422A, the plan provides that the Committee may establish the purchase price of the stock at the time the option is granted. However, the purchase price may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value of the stock for which any employee may be granted options in any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 plus any unused limit carried over (as defined in Plan 3(d)) to such year from any prior calendar year beginning on or after December 31, 2019.

 

The plan terminates five (5) years from its effective date. All new options to be granted are nontransferable. The Company is to receive no cash consideration for granting options under the plan. However, when an option is exercise, the holder is required to pay the option price, in cash or certified bank check, shares of the Company's Common Stock or in any combination of the above, for the number of shares of stock to be issued on exercise of the option unless the holder elects to receive cash or stock by exercise of stock appreciation rights.

 

Under the plan, a Stock Appreciation Right (SAR) permits the holder of an option to elect to receive cash or a lesser amount of stock without payment, upon exercise of an option. The amount of cash receivable is the difference between the option price stated in the option and the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the exercise. The lesser number of shares receivable is the number of shares which could be purchased with the cash receivable. An important distinction between the exercise of an incentive stock option and the exercise of a SAR is that, upon the exercise of an SAR, the option holder need not pay the option price in cash. The shares or cash received by an optionee upon exercising an SAR, however, are subject to tax under Section 83.

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

This Incentive Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "Plan") for Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the "Company") is intended to advance the interests of the Company by providing officers and other key employees who have substantial responsibility for the direction and management of the Company with additional incentive to promote the success of the business, to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain in its employ. The above aims will be effectuated through the granting of certain stock options. It is intended that options issued under the Plan and designated by the Committee under Section 3(b) will qualify as Incentive Stock Options (hereinafter called "ISOs") under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code and the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this intention.

 

2. Administration of the Plan

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint a Stock Option Plan Committee (hereinafter called the "Committee") which shall consist of not less than three (3) members, at least one of whom shall be a Director of the Company. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion: (a) to determine the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (from among the class of employees eligible under Section 3 to receive options under the Plan) to whom options shall be granted; (b) to determine the time or times at which options shall be granted; (c) to determine the option price of the shares subject to each option, which price shall not be less than the minimum specified in Section 5; (d) to determine (subject to Section 7) the time or times when each option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; and (e) to interpret the Plan and to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The Board may from time to time appoint members of the Committee in substitution for members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee; provided, however, that at all times at least one member shall be a Director of the Company. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. All action of the Committee shall be taken by unanimous vote of its members. Any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by all the members of the Committee, and action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had been taken by a unanimous vote of the members at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee may appoint a secretary to keep minutes of its meetings and shall make rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable.

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

3. Eligibility and Limitations on Options Granted Under the Plan

 

(a) Options will be granted only to persons who are key employees of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company who agree, in writing, to remain in the employ of, and render services to, the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company for a period of at least two (2) years from the date of the granting of the option. The term "key employees" shall include officers, directors, executives, and supervisory personnel, as well as other employees of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company. The term “Subsidiary Corporation” shall, for the purposes of this Plan be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 425 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(b) At the time of the grant of each option under this Plan, the Committee shall determine whether such option is to be designated as an ISO. If an option is to be so designated as an ISO, then the provisions of Section 7(d) of this Plan shall be made applicable to such option. In addition, no option granted to any employee, who at the time of such grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO, unless at the time of such grant, the option price is fixed at not less than 110 percent of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option, and exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such is granted.

 

(c) The aggregate fair market value of the stock for which any employee may be granted options designated as ISOs in any calendar year (under this or any other stock option plan established by the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000 plus any unused limit carryover (as defined in 3(d) hereof) to such year from any prior calendar year beginning on or after December 31, 2019.

 

(d) The unused limit carryover from any such calendar year shall be one-half of any excess of $100,000 over the aggregate fair market value of the stock for which an employee was granted options that qualify (whether from their issuance or as a result of subsequent amendment and election by the Company) as ISOs in any such calendar year (under this and all other stock option plans established by the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company). The unused limit for any calendar year shall be carried forward for three (3) years. ISOs granted in any year shall be applied against the current year limitation first and then against the remaining unused limit carryovers to such year in the order of the calendar year in which the carryovers arose.

 

4. Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan

 

There will be reserved for use upon the exercise or options to be granted from time to time under the Plan (subject to the provisions of Section 12) an aggregate of 25,000,000 shares of the Common Stock of the $0.0001 par value common stock (hereinafter called the "Common Stock") of the Company, which shares may be in whole or in part, as the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the "Board") shall from time to time determine, authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock or issued shares of the Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. Any shares subject to an option under the Plan, which option for any reason expires or is terminated unexercised as to such shares, may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

5. Option Price

 

The purchase price under each option issued shall be determined by the Committee at the time the option is granted, but in no event shall such purchase price be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

The term "fair market value" shall be defined as either the average of the highest offer and lowest bid market price of said Common Stock on any public market if the stock of the Company is publicly traded, as of the date of the grant of the option, or, if there be no sales on such date, on the most recent date upon which such stock was traded, or if there is no market for the Common Stock of the Company, the book value of the Common Stock as of the end of the most recent preceding month as given on the books of the Company applying generally accepted accounting principles on a consistent basis giving effect to all accruals.

 

6. Dilutions or Other Agreement

 

In the event that additional shares of Common Stock are issued pursuant to a stock split or a stock dividend, the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by each outstanding option granted hereunder shall be increased proportionately with no increase in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan shall be increased by the same proportion. In the event that the shares of Common Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding are reduced by a combination of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by each outstanding option granted hereunder shall be reduced proportionately with no reduction in the total price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for the purposes of the Plan shall be reduced by the same proportion. In the event that the Company should transfer assets to another corporation and distribute the stock of such other corporation without the surrender of Common Stock of the Company, and if such distribution is not taxable as a dividend and no gain or loss is recognized by reason of Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or some similar section, then the total purchase price of the shares covered by each outstanding option shall be reduced by an amount which bears the same ratio to the total purchase price then in effect as the market value of the stock distributed in respect of a share of the Common Stock of the Company, immediately following the distribution, bears to the aggregate of the market value at such time of a share of the Common Stock of the Company and the stock distributed in respect thereof. All such adjustments shall be made by the Committee, whose determination upon the same shall be final and binding upon the optionees. No fractional shares shall be issued, and any fractional shares resulting from the computations pursuant to this Section 6 shall be eliminated from the respective option. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or the issuance to stockholders of rights to subscribe for additional Common Stock or other securities.

 

7. Period of Option and Certain Limitations on Right to Exercise

 

(a) All options issued under the Plan shall be for such period, as the Committee shall determine, but for not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

 

(b) The period of the option, once it is granted, may be reduced only as provided for in Section 9 in connection with the termination of employment or death of the optionee or in Section 7(c) in the case of less than satisfactory performance.

 

(c) Each option granted under this Plan shall become exercisable only after two (2) years continued employment of the optionee with the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company immediately following the date the option is granted. Any option designated as an ISO shall be exercisable in full, or as to any part thereof, at any time after the expiration of two (2) years following the date such option is granted, but only if the optionee chooses to exercise such option and to pay for such option in the manner set forth in Section 7(e) hereof (i.e., in cash or certified check or shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination of the foregoing in an amount equal to the full option price of the shares being purchased). Any option not designated as an ISO and any option designated as an ISO that the optionee chooses to exercise in any manner other than that permitted in the preceding sentence, shall be exercisable only to the extent of one-fifth of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of two (2) years following the date the option is granted only to the extent of two-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of three (3) years following the date the option is granted, only to the extent of three-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of four (4) years following the date the option is granted, only to the extent of four-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of five (5) years following the date the option is granted, and in full only after the expiration of six (6) years following the date the option is granted, such limitations being calculated, in the case of any resulting fraction, to the nearest lower number of shares.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) prescribe longer time periods and additional requirements with respect to the exercise of an option and (ii) terminate in whole or in part such portion of any option as has yet become exercisable at the time of termination if it determines that the optionee is not performing satisfactorily the duties to which he was assigned on the date the option was granted or duties of at least equal responsibility. No option may be exercised unless the optionee is at the time of such exercise in the employ of the Company or of a subsidiary corporation of the Company and shall have been continuously so employed since the grant of his option. Absence or leave approved by the management of the Company shall not be considered an interruption of employment for any purpose under the Plan.

 

(d) No option granted by the Committee as an ISO may be exercised while there is outstanding in the hands of the optionee any ISO (whether granted under this Plan or any other stock option plan established by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) which was granted before the granting of the ISO hereunder sought to be exercised. For purposes of this Section 7(d), any ISO shall be treated as outstanding until exercised in full or expired.

 

(e) Subject to the alternative settlement methods set forth in Section 7(h) hereof, the exercise of any option shall also be contingent upon receipt by the Company of cash or certified check to its order, shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination of the foregoing in an amount equal to the full option price of the shares being purchased. For purposes of this paragraph, shares of the Company's Common Stock that are delivered in payment of the option price shall be valued at their fair market value determined under the method set forth in Section 5 of this Plan applied as of the date of the exercise of the option. However, in order to facilitate the accumulation of funds to enable employees to exercise their option, they will have the right, if they so elect, to direct the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company to withhold from their compensation regular amounts to be applied toward the exercise of the options. Funds credited to the stock option accounts will be under the control of the Company until applied to the payment of the option price at the direction of the employee or returned to the employee in the event the amount is not used for purchase of shares under option, and all funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used for any corporate purpose, and no interest shall be payable to a participant on account of any amount held. Such amounts may be withdrawn by the participant at any time, in whole or in part, for any purpose.

 

(f) No optionee or his legal representative or distributees, as the case may be, will be deemed to be a holder of any share subject to an option unless and until certificates for such shares are issued to him or them under the terms of the Plan. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

(g) In no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

 

(h) As an alternative to payment in full by the optionee for the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which an option is exercised, the Committee may provide alternative settlement methods as follows:

 

(i) The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the initial grant of any option, that the optionee may elect either of the alternative settlement methods set forth in subsection (ii) below.

 

(ii) The alternative settlement methods are for the optionee, upon exercise of the option, to receive from the Company: (1) cash in an amount equal to the excess of the value of one share over the option price times the number of shares as to which the option is exercised; or (2) the number of whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate value not greater than the cash amount calculated under Section 7(h)(ii)(1). For purposes of determining an alternative settlement, the value per share shall be the "Fair market value" determined under the method set forth in Section 5 hereof, applied as of the date of the exercise of the option, or such other price as the Committee shall determine to be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(i) An election of any of the alternative settlement methods provided for under Section 7 (h)(ii) shall be binding on the optionee, when made. The optionee may elect to what extent the alternative settlement method elected shall be paid in cash, in Common Stock, or partially in Common Stock, provided that the aggregate value of the payments shall not be greater than the cash amount calculated under Section 7 (h)(ii)(1). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued, and the Committee shall determine whether cash shall be paid in lieu of such fractional share interest or whether such fractional share interest shall be eliminated.

 

(j) The alternative settlement methods provided above in Section 7(h)(ii) shall not be available unless the cash amount calculated thereunder shall be positive, i.e. when the value of one share shall exceed the option price per share.

 

(k) Exercise of an option in any manner, including an exercise involving an election of an alternative settlement method with respect to an option, shall result in a decrease in the manner of shares of Common Stock which thereafter may be available under the Plan by the number of shares as to which the option is exercised.

 

(1) To the extent that the exercise of options by one of the alternative settlement methods provided for in Section (h)(ii) results in compensation income to the optionee, the Company will withhold from the amount due to the optionee utilizing such alternative settlement method, an appropriate amount for federal, state and local taxes.

 

8. Assignability

 

Each option granted under this Plan shall be transferable only by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during his lifetime, only by the employee to whom the option is granted. Except as permitted by the preceding sentence, no option granted under the Plan or any of the rights and privileges thereby conferred shall be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and no such option, right, or privilege shall be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt to so transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the option, or of the right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such option, right of privilege, the option and such rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.

 

9. Effect of Termination of Employment. Death or Disability

 

(a) In the event of the termination of employment if an optionee during the two (2) year period after the date of issuance of an option to him either by reason of (i) a discharge for cause or (ii) voluntary separation on the part of the optionee and without consent of his employing company or companies, any option or options theretofore granted to him under this Plan to the extent not theretofore exercised by him shall forthwith terminate.

 

(b) In the event of the termination of employment of an optionee (otherwise than by reason of death or retirement of the optionee at his Retirement Date by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company employing the optionee at such time), any option or options granted to him under the Plan to the extent not theretofore exercised shall be deemed cancelled and terminated forthwith, except that, subject to the provisions of section (a) of this Section, such optionee may exercise any options theretofore granted to him, which have not then expired and which are otherwise exercisable within the provisions of Section 7(c) hereof, within three (3) months after such termination. If the employment of an optionee shall be terminated by reason of the optionee's retirement at his Retirement Date by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company employing the optionee at such time, the optionee shall have the right to exercise such option or options held by him to the extent that such options have not expired, at any time within three (3) months after such retirement. The provisions of Section 7(c) to the contrary notwithstanding, upon retirement, all options held by an optionee shall be immediately exercisable in full. The transfer of an optionee from the employ of the Company to a subsidiary corporation of the Company or vice versa, or from one subsidiary corporation of the Company to another, shall not be deemed to constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Plan.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(c) In the event that an optionee shall die while employed by the Company or any subsidiary corporation of the Company or shall die within three (3) months after retirement at his Retirement Date (by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company) any option or options granted to him under this Plan and not theretofore exercised by him or expired shall be exercisable by the estate of the optionee or by any person who acquired such option by bequest or inheritance at any time within one (1) year after the death of the optionee. References hereinabove to the optionee shall be deemed to include any person entitled to exercise the option after the death of the optionee under the terms of this Section.

 

(d) In the event of the termination of employment of an optionee by reason of the optionee's disability, the optionee shall have the right, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(c) hereof, to exercise all options held by him, to the extent that options have not previously expired or been exercised, at any time within one (1) year after such termination. The term "disability" shall, for the purposes of this Plan, be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 105(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

 

(e) For the purposes of this Plan, "Retirement Date" shall mean any date an employee is otherwise entitled to retire under the Company's retirement plans, if any, and shall include normal retirement at age 65, early retirement at age 62, and retirement at age 60 after 30 years of service.

 

10. Listing and Registration of Shares

 

Each option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Stock Option Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares covered thereby upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such option or the issue or purchase of shares thereunder, such option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

 

11. Expiration and Termination of the Plan

 

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time or from time to time as long as the total number of shares optioned or purchased under this Plan does not exceed 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Company except with respect to any options then outstanding under the Plan. No option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after five (5) years from the effective date of the Plan.

 

12. Amendment of Plan

 

The Board of Directors may at any time and from time to time modify and amend the Plan (including such form of option agreement) in any respect; provided, however, that no such amendment shall: (a) increase (except in accordance with Section 6) the maximum number of shares for which options may be granted under the Plan either in the aggregate or to an individual employee; or (b) reduce (except in accordance with Section 6) the minimum option prices which may be established under the Plan; or (c) extend the period or periods during which options may be granted or exercised; or (d) change the provisions relating to the determination of employees to whom options shall be granted and the number of shares to be covered by such options; or (e) change the provisions relating to adjustments to be made upon changes in capitalization; or (f) change the method for selection of the Committee as provided by Section 2 hereof. The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an employee, affect his rights under an option theretofore granted to him.

 

13. Applicability of Plan to Outstanding Stock Options

 

The Plan shall not affect the terms and conditions of any non-qualified stock options heretofore granted to any employee of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company under any other plan relating to non-qualified stock options; nor shall it affect any of the rights of any employee to whom such a non-qualified stock option was granted.

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

14. Effective Date of Plan

 

This Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors or the Company or its approval by the vote of the shareholders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock. This Plan shall not become effective unless such shareholder approval shall be obtained within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Directors.

 

 The foregoing 2019 Incentive Stock Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Stock of the Corporation outstanding on July 19, 2019.

 

 

 

/s/ Terry Gabby                    

Terry Gabby, Secretary

 

Date: July 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

LETTER TO STOCKHOLDERS

 

Dear Stockholder:

 

I am enclosing this letter with the notice of call of a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation as a means of explaining briefly the purpose of the meeting. Your Board of Directors has unanimously recommended that the Corporation adopt a stock option plan allowing the purchase of a limited number of the Corporation's shares of common stock by key management employees of the Corporation. This proposal has been adopted by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the holders of the Corporation's common stock, and I have been directed to set forth to you the reasons for their action.

 

In the past several years, plans or programs offering stock participation opportunities to management personnel have become widespread among American businesses. This meaningful trend has come about in response to a realization that the best efforts of the best executives are more surely secured when the executives have a personal stake in the fortunes of their corporate employers. I might add that a number of our major competitors have instituted stock acquisition programs of one type or another for their executive employees, and we in charge of the Corporation are aware of the importance of such programs in attracting and holding employees of the caliber we want in our Corporation.

 

In judgment of the Directors, your Corporation can best be assured of success in enlisting and retaining top management employees only if these employees are given the opportunity to acquire a proprietary stake in the success of the Corporation. Consequently, the Directors have examined methods of achieving this goal, and have determined that the best approach for the Corporation is that of offering certain stock options known as "Incentive Stock Options," which satisfy the tests imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for such designation. Specifically, the Directors' proposal is that a total of 25,000,000 unissued shares of the common stock of the Corporation be sold to executive employees under options that fix the purchase price at percent of the market price on the date such an option is granted. The particular employees to be given these options, and the number of shares covered by each option, would be left to the decision of the Board of Directors or of a special committee chosen from the Board. However, in no event would the total number of shares placed under option exceed the total of 25,000,000 which would be somewhat less than 10 percent of the total number of common shares to be outstanding once these optioned shares are issued on a fully diluted basis.

 

The Directors wish to take this step only after full information has been given to all the stockholders affected, and their understanding and approval of this plan has been expressed. For this reason, though I have set forth in this letter what I believe to be a proper summary of the principal points involved, I have instructed the Secretary of the Corporation to mail a copy of the full stock plan and of the relevant Directors' resolutions to any stockholder requesting it.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION AND

RECORD OF STOCK TRANSFER

 

I HEREBY EXERCISE My Incentive Stock Option granted by Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., subject to all the terms and provisions thereof and of the Employee Stock Option Plan referred to therein, and notify you of my desire to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company which were offered to me pursuant to said Option. Enclosed is my check in the sum of in full payment for such shares.

 

I hereby represent that the __________ shares of Common Stock to be delivered to me pursuant to the above-mentioned exercise of the Option granted to me on are being acquired by me as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any thereof.

 

 

DATED:___________, 20__.

 

 

 

 

_________________________

Employee's Signature

 

 

 

Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the delivery to me by Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. on of stock certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased by me pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Employee Stock Option Plan referred to above, which shares were transferred to me on the Company's stock record books on.

 

 

 

_________________________

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

 

[date]

 

[name of employee]

 

 

Dear ______:

 

At the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, you are hereby notified that the Board has granted to you an option, pursuant to the Employee Stock Option Plan adopted by the Corporation on July 19, 2019, and ratified and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on July 31, 2019.

 

The option granted to you is to purchase ___________________ ( ,000) shares of the $0.0001 par Common Stock of the Corporation at the price of per share. The date of grant of this option is the date of this notice, and it is the determination of the Board of Directors that on this date the fair market value of the Corporation's $0.0001 par common stock was $0.___ per share.

 

I enclosed a certified copy of the Incentive Stock Option Plan governing the option granted to you and your attention is invited to all the provisions of the Plan. You will observe that the Plan does not require that you exercise this option as to any particular number of shares at one time, but this option must be exercised, if at all and to the extent exercised, by no later than years from the date of this notice.

 

Your stock option is in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Employee Stock Option Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

a. Your option may be exercised by you, but only by you, at any time during your lifetime prior to the three months following termination of your employment;

 

b. Your option is nontransferable, otherwise than as may be occasioned by your death, and then only to your estate or according to the terms of your Will or the provision of applicable laws of descent and distribution;

 

c. In the event that the right to exercise your option is passed to your estate, or to a person to whom such right devolves by reason of your death, then your option shall be nontransferable in the hands of your executor or administrator or of such person, except that your option may be distributed by your executor or administrator to the distributees of your estate as a part of your estate.

 

At the time or times when you wish to exercise this option, in whole or in part, please refer to the provisions of the Stock Option Plan dealing with methods and formalities of exercise of your option.

 

 

________________________

Secretary

 

 

 

 

  10  

Exhibit 6.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

 

July 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

2019 - Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

July 19, 2019

_________

Purpose

 

This Plan’s purpose is to keep personnel of experience and ability in the employ of Global Entertainment (“Global Entertainment”) and its subsidiaries and to compensate them for their contributions to the growth and profits of Global Entertainment and its subsidiaries and thereby induce them to continue to make such contributions in the future.

 

1.       Definitions

 

For the purpose of this Plan, the following terms will have the definitions set forth below:

 

(a)    Company – Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

(b)    Subsidiary or Subsidiaries – A corporation or corporations or other entity of which Global Entertainment owns, directly or indirectly, shares having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors.

 

(c)    Board – Global Entertainment’s board of directors.

 

(d)   Committee – The Management Stock Bonus Plan Committee, as appointed from time to time by the Board, shall consist of not less than three members. No member of the Committee shall be eligible for selection as a person to whom shares may be allocated pursuant to the Plan, or to whom stock options may be granted pursuant to the Plan at any time while they are serving on the Committee.

 

(e)    Date of Issuance – This term shall have the meaning supplied by Section 6(c) below.

 

(f)    Plan – The 2019 Management Stock Bonus Plan.

 

(g)    Bonus Share – The shares of Common Stock of Global Entertainment reserved pursuant to Section 3 hereof and any such shares issued to a Recipient pursuant to this Plan.

 

(h)   Recipient – An employee of Global Entertainment or a subsidiary to whom shares are allocated under this Plan, or such individual’s designated beneficiary, surviving spouse, estate, or legal representative. For this purpose, however, any such beneficiary, spouse, estate, or legal representative shall be considered as one person with the employee.

 

(i) Restricted Period – This phrase shall have the meaning supplied by Section 7(e) below.

 

2.       Bonus Share Reserve.

 

(a)    Bonus Share Reserve. Global Entertainment will establish a Bonus Share Reserve to which will be credited twenty million (20,000,000) shares of the Common Stock of Global Entertainment, par value $0.0001 per share. Should the shares of the Company’s Common Stock, due to a stock split or dividend or combination of shares or any other change, or exchange for any other securities, by reclassification, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or otherwise, be increased or decreased, or changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of Global Entertainment or of another corporation or entity, the number of shares then remaining in the Bonus Share reserve shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such action. If any such adjustment results in a fractional share, the fraction shall be disregarded.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(b)    Adjustments to Reserve. Upon the allocation of shares hereunder, the reserve will be reduced by the number of shares to be allocated and, upon the failure to make the required payment on the issuance of any Bonus Shares pursuant to Section 6(a) or upon the repurchase thereof pursuant to Section 7(d) (i) or (ii), Section 8, or Section 10 hereof, the reserve shall be increased by such number of shares, and such Bonus Shares may again be the subject of allocation hereunder.

 

(c)    Distributions of Bonus Shares. Distributions of Bonus Shares, as the Board shall, in its sole discretion, determine, may be made from authorized but unissued shares or from treasury shares. All authorized and unissued shares issued as Bonus Shares in accordance with the Plan shall be fully paid and non-assessable shares free from preemptive rights.

 

2.       Eligibility and Making of Allocations.

 

(a)    Eligible Employees. Any salaried executive employee of Global Entertainment or any Subsidiary (including officers and, except for person serving as directors only) shall be eligible to receive an allocation of Bonus Shares.

 

(b)    Selection by the Committee. From the employees eligible to receive allocations pursuant to the Plan, the Committee may from time to time select those employees to whom it recommends that the Board make allocations. Such recommendations shall include a recommendation as to the number of Bonus Shares that should be allocated and in determining the number of Bonus Shares it wishes to recommend, the Committee shall consider the position and responsibilities of the eligible employees, the value of their services to Global Entertainment and its subsidiaries and such factors as the Committee deems pertinent.

 

(c)    Review by the Board of Committee’s Recommendations. As promptly as practicable after the Committee recommends making allocations pursuant to (b) above, the Board will review the Committee’s recommendations and, at the Board’s discretion, allocate to the employees the Board selects from those employees recommended by the Committee a number of Bonus Shares not in excess of the number recommended for each employee by the Committee. The date of such action by the Board shall be the “date of allocation,” as that term is used in this Plan.

 

(d)    Participation in Other Stock Option Plans. A person who has received options to purchase stock under any stock option plan of Global Entertainment or any subsidiary may exercise the same in accordance with their terms, and will not by reason thereof be ineligible to receive Bonus Shares under this Plan. A person who has received Bonus Shares under this Plan shall not, for a period of three years from the date of Issuance thereto of such Bonus Shares, be eligible to, and may not, be granted any option or other rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to any stock option or stock purchase plan of Global Entertainment presently in effect or hereafter adopted, nor shall he or she be eligible during such period to receive any additional allocation of Bonus Shares under this Plan or under any similar plan of Global Entertainment

 

(e)    Limit on Number of Shares. The total number of Bonus Shares, which may be allocated pursuant to this Plan, will not exceed the amount of available therefore in the Bonus Share reserve.

 

3.       Form of Allocation.

 

(a)    Number Specified. Each allocation shall specify the number of Bonus Shares subject thereto, subject to the provisions of Section 4.

 

(b)    Notice. When an allocation is made, the Board shall advise the Recipient and Global Entertainment thereof by delivery of written notice in the Form of Exhibit A hereto attached.

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(c)    Public Listing of Stock. Global Entertainment shall take such action as shall be necessary to cause any Bonus Shares issued pursuant to this Plan and not previously listed to be listed on a public stock market or exchange on which shares of the same class as the Bonus Shares are then listed, if any.

 

4.       Payment Required of Recipients.

 

(a)    Acceptance of Allocation. Within fifteen (15) days from the date of allocation, the Recipient shall, if he desires to accept the allocation, pay to Global Entertainment an amount equal to the par value of the Bonus Shares so allocated, in cash, buy certified or bank cashier’s check, or by money order at the office of the Treasurer.

 

(b)    Investment Purpose. Global Entertainment may require that in acquiring any Bonus Shares, the Recipient agree with, and represent to, Global Entertainment that the Recipient is acquiring such Bonus Shares for the purpose of investment and with no present intent to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except for such distribution by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of any Recipient. Such shares shall be transferable thereafter only if the proposed transfer is permitted under the Plan and if, in the opinion of counsel (who shall be satisfactory to Global Entertainment), such transfer at such time complies with applicable securities laws.

 

(c)    Written Agreement/Date of Issuance. Concurrently with making payment of the par value of the Bonus Shares pursuant to Section 6(a) the Recipient shall deliver to Global Entertainment, in duplicate, an agreement in writing, signed by the Recipient, in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit B, below, and Global Entertainment will promptly acknowledge the receipt thereof. The date of such delivery and receipt shall be deemed the “Date of Issuance,” as that phrase is used in this Plan, of the Bonus Shares to which the shares relate. The failure to make such payment and delivery within fifteen (15) days from the date of allocation shall terminate the allocation of such shares to the Recipient.

 

5.       Restrictions.

 

(a)    Transfer/Issuance. Bonus Shares, after the making of the payment and representations, etc. required by Section 6, will be promptly issued or transferred and a certificate or certificates for such shares shall be issued in the Recipient’s name. As such, the Recipient shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including the right to vote them and to receive all dividends and other distributions (subject to Section 7(b)) paid with respect to them, provided, however, that the shares shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 7(d). Stock certificates representing Bonus Shares will be imprinted with a legend stating that the shares represented thereby may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with this Plan’s terms, and each transfer agent for the Common Stock shall be instructed to like effect in respect of such shares. In aid of such restrictions, the Recipient shall immediately upon receipt of the certificate for such shares, deposit such certificate(s), together with a stock power or other instrument of transfer, appropriately endorsed in blank, with an escrow agent designated by the Committee, under a deposit agreement containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve, the expenses of such escrow to be borne by Global Entertainment

 

(b)   Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, Etc. If, due to a stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or any other change or exchange for other securities, by reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or otherwise, the Recipient, as the owner of the Bonus Shares subject to restrictions hereunder, shall be entitled to new, additional, or different shares of stock or securities, the certificate or certificates for, or other evidences of, such new, additional, or different shares or securities, together with a stock power or other instrument of transfer appropriately endorsed, which shares also shall be imprinted with a legend as provided in Section 7(a) and deposited by the Recipient under the above-mentioned deposit agreement. When the event(s) described in the preceding sentence occur, all Plan provisions relating to restrictions and lapse of restrictions will apply to such new, additional or different shares or securities to the extent applicable to the shares with respect to which they were distributed, provided, however, that if the Recipient shall receive rights, warrants or fractional interests in respect of any such Bonus Shares, such rights or warrants may be held, exercised, sold or otherwise disposed of, and such fractional interests may be settled, by the Recipient free and clear of the restrictions hereafter set forth.

 

(c)    Restricted Period. The term “Restricted Period” with respect to restricted Bonus Shares (after with restrictions shall lapse) means a period starting on the Date of Issuance of such shares to the Recipient and ending on such date not less than two (2) years after the Date of Issuance, as the Committee may establish as the time of allocation of shares hereunder.

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(d)   Restrictions on Bonus Shares. The restrictions to which restricted Bonus Shares shall be subject are:

 

(i)          During the Restricted Period to such shares and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, none of such shares shall be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of unless they first, by written notice have been offered to Global Entertainment for repurchase, for the same amount as was paid therefore under Section 6, with appropriate adjustment for any change in the Bonus Shares of the nature described in Section 7(b). If Global Entertainment shall not within thirty (30) days following such offer have so repurchased the shares and made payment in full for such shares, unless such purchase is otherwise prohibited by the laws of the State of Nevada currently in effect at the time of an offer of Bonus Shares to Global Entertainment for repurchase pursuant to the terms of the Plan, Global Entertainment shall repurchase said shares and make payment in full for such shares within thirty (30) days following such offer.

 

(ii)          If a Recipient’s employment is terminated for any reason, including such Recipient’s death or disability, at any time before the Restricted Period ends, Global Entertainment shall so notify the escrow agent appointed under Section 7(a). Such termination shall be deemed an offer to Global Entertainment as described in Section 7(d)(i) as to:

 

(A)       All such shares issued to the Recipient, if such termination occurs within one year from the Date of Issuance;

 

(B)       75% of the total number of such shares originally issued (including any other or additional securities issued in respect thereof, as contemplated by Section 7(b) to such Recipient, if such termination occurs more than one year after the Date of Issuance but prior to two years after that date;

 

(C)       50% of the total number of such shares originally issued (including any other or additional securities issued in respect thereof, as contemplated by Section 7(b) to such Recipient, if such termination occurs on or after two (2) years after the Date of Issuance but prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

 

(e)   Lapse of Restricted Period. The restriction set forth in Section 7(d) hereof, with respect to the Bonus Shares to which such Restricted Period was applicable, will lapse

 

(i)             As to such shares in accordance with the time(s) and number(s) of shares as to which the Retracted Period expires, as described in Section 7(d)(ii), or

 

(ii)            As to any shares which Global Entertainment will fail to purchase when they are offered to Global Entertainment, as described in Section 7(d)(i) upon Advance Green Energy’s failure to so repurchase.

 

(f)   Transfers Upon Death of Recipient. Nothing in this Plan will preclude the transfer of restricted Bonus Shares on the Recipient’s death, to the Recipient’s legal representatives or estate, or preclude such representatives from transferring any of such shares to the person(s) entitled thereto by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that any shares so transferred as to which such restrictions have not lapsed will remain subject to all restrictions and obligations imposed on them by this Plan.

 

(g)  Delivery of Written Notice. All notices in writing required pursuant to this Section 7 will be sufficient only if actually delivered or if sent via registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Global Entertainment, attention Treasurer, and/or escrow agent at its principal office within the City of Las Vegas, Nevada, and will be conclusively deemed given on the date of delivery, if delivered before or on the date first business day following the date of such mailing, if mailed.

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

6.       Finality of Determination.

 

The Committee will administer this Plan and construe its provisions. Any determination by the Committee (except insofar as it will make recommendations only) in carrying out, administering, or constructing this Plan will be final and binding for all purposes and upon all interested persons and their heirs, successors and personal representatives.

 

7.       Limitations.

 

(a)    No Right to Allocation. No person will at any time have any prior right to receive an allocation of Bonus Shares hereunder, and no person will have authority to enter into an agreement for the making of an allocation, or any prior right or to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto.

 

(b)    Rights of Recipients. Recipients of allocations will have no rights in respect thereof other than those set forth in this Plan. Except as provided in Section 6(b) or 7(f), such rights may not be assigned or transferred except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If any attempt is made to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any Bonus Shares held by the Recipient under restrictions which have not yet lapsed, the shares that are the subject of such attempted disposition will be deemed offered to Global Entertainment for repurchase, and Global Entertainment will repurchase them, as described in Section 7(d)(i) when Global Entertainment receives actual notice of such attempted distribution. Before issuance of Bonus Shares, no such shares will be earmarked for the Recipient’s accounts nor will such Recipients have any rights as stockholders with respect to such shares.

 

(c)    No Right to Continued Employment. Neither Global Entertainment Holding’s actions in establishing the Plan, nor any action taken by it or by the Board or the Committee under the Plan, nor any provision of the Plan, will be construed as giving to any person the right to be in the employ of Global Entertainment or any Subsidiary.

 

(d)   Limitation on Actions. Every right of action by or on behalf of Global Entertainment or by any shareholder against any past, present or future member of the Board, the Committee or any officer or employee of Global Entertainment arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, regardless of the place where the action may be brought and regardless of the place of residence of any such director, committee member, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the later of:

 

(i)    The date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises;

 

(ii)   The first date upon which there has been made generally available to shareholders an annual report of Global Entertainment and a proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the amount of the allocation.

 

In addition, any and all right of action by any employee (past, present or future) against Global Entertainment or any member of the Committee arising out of or in connection with this Plan will, regardless of the place where action may be brought and regardless of the place of residence of any Committee member, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

8.       Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan.

 

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time; provided that such amendment will not affect adversely the rights or obligations with respect to allocations previously made; and provided further, that no modifications of the Plan by the Board without approval by the stockholders will (i) increase the maximum number of Bonus Shares reserved pursuant to Section 3; (ii) alter the provisions of Section 4 with respect to the total number of Bonus Shares that may be allocated under the Plan, or (iii) render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an allocation at any time while he is serving on the Committee.

 

9.       Governing Laws.

 

This Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

10.    Expenses of Administration.

 

All costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan will be borne by the Company.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

11.    Registration of Bonus Shares.

 

(a)   Registration Requirement. If Global Entertainment determines at any time to register any of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (or similar statute then in effect) Global Entertainment, at its expense, will include among the securities which it then registers all Bonus Shares or other stock or securities issued in respect thereof, or in replacement thereof as to which the Restricted Period has expired. The requirement of the preceding sentence, however, will not apply to the extent that any Recipient at that time has no present intent to sell or distribute the relevant shares. Also, in the case of stock or securities not issued directly by Global Entertainment, the Company’s obligation under this Section 11 will be limited to using its best efforts to effect such registration and it shall not be required to register such shares if, in the opinion of any investment banker acting on behalf of Global Entertainment, such registration would materially limit the marketability of other securities registered or to be registered by Global Entertainment.

 

(b)   Written Notification. As to each registration pursuant to this Section 11, Global Entertainment will keep the Recipients advised in writing as to their initiation of proceedings for such registration and as to the completion thereof, and at its expense will keep such registration effective for a period of nine months, or until all sales and distributions contemplated in connection therewith are completed, whichever period is shorter. Each Recipient will, at his own expense, furnish to Global Entertainment such information regarding the Recipient and the Recipient’s ownership of Bonus Shares (or other stock or securities) as Global Entertainment may reasonably request in writing in connection with any such registration.

 

(c)   Prospectus, Indemnification. Global Entertainment, at its expense, will furnish to each Recipient such number of prospectuses incident to any such registration as such Recipient from time to time reasonably may request. In addition, Global Entertainment will indemnify each such Recipient against all claims, losses, damages, and liabilities caused by any untrue statement of a material fact contained in such prospectus (or in any related registration statement) or by any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same may have been caused by an untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished in writing to Global Entertainment by such Recipient expressly for use therein. Further, as a condition precedent to the obligations of Global Entertainment pursuant to Section 1, each Recipient will agree in writing to indemnify Global Entertainment against all claims, losses, damages, and liabilities caused by an untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to Global Entertainment by such Recipient expressly for use therein.

 

 

 

 

The foregoing 2019 Management Stock Bonus Plan was duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding on July 19, 2019.

 

 

 

/s/ Terry Gabby                   

Terry Gabby, Secretary

 

Date: July 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

Exhibit I

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Date:

 

 

To:                    , Recipient

 

From: Treasurer, Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

This is to advise you that Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.’s Board of Directors has on the date of this Notice allocated to the Recipient above named a total of:

 

 

 

 

Bonus Shares under and pursuant to the Management Stock Bonus Plan.

 

 

For these shares to be issued, the Recipient must make payment of: $________________.

 

 

 

And deliver to the Treasurer of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. an agreement in duplicate, in the form of Exhibit II hereto, within 15 days of the date of this Notice.

 

 

 

 

 

_____________________________

 

For the Board

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

Exhibit II

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

 

To: Treasurer, Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Enclosed is the sum of: $____________.

 

 

Being equal to the par value of:

 

 

Bonus Shares allocated to and purchased by me pursuant to Advance Green Energy’s Management Stock Bonus Plan. Upon receipt of these Bonus Shares, I will deposit them together with a stock power duly endorsed in blank with an escrow agent appointed pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Plan.

 

I represent and agree that I am acquiring these Bonus Shares for investment and that I have no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares, except as permitted pursuant to the Plan and in compliance with applicable securities laws. I agree further that I am acquiring these shares in accordance with, and subject to, the terms, provisions, and conditions of said Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly consent. These agreements will bind and inure to the benefit of my heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

 

My address of record is:

 

 

 

My social security number is:

 

 

 

Receipt of the above, together with the payment referred to, is hereby acknowledged.

 

 

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

By:__________________

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

  9  

Exhibit 6.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

ANNUAL BONUS PERFORMANCE PLAN

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

____________________

 

 

 

 

July 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

2019 – ANNUAL BONUS PERFORMANCE PLAN

 

July 19, 2019

______

 

SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company by providing to participating executives bonus incentives that qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

 

2.1 Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires, financial and accounting terms are used as defined for purposes of, and shall be determined in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles, as from time to time in effect, as applied and reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Comp any, prepared in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.2 Specific Terms. The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

 

"Bonus" means a cash payment or a payment opportunity as the context requires.

 

“Bonus Pool” means the total aggregate of cash payments or payment opportunities in any Year that may be allowed under the Plan.

 

"Business Criteria" means any one or any combination of Income before Taxes, Net Income, Return on Equity, Return on Assets, Pre-tax Margin, Free Cash Flow, Valuation or EPS.

 

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

"Committee" means the Performance Plan Subcommittee which has been established to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

"Company" means Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. and any successor, whether by merger, ownership of all or substantially all of its assets, or otherwise.

 

“EBITDA” for any Year means the consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"EPS" for any Year means earnings per share of the Company, as reported in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Income set forth in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Executive" means a key employee (including any officer) of the Company who is (or in the opinion of the Committee may during the applicable Performance Period become) an "executive officer" as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

“Free Cash Flow” for any Year means the Consolidated Net Income plus the sum of the decrease in working capital and depreciation and amortization less the sum of capital expenditures, mandatory debt payments and the increase in working capital as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

“Income before Taxes” for any Year means the consolidated income before taxes of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Net Income" for any Year means the consolidated net income of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Participant" means an Executive selected to participate in the Plan by the Committee.

 

"Performance Period" means the Year or Years with respect to which the Performance Targets are set by the Committee.

 

"Performance Target(s)" means the specific objective goal or goals (which may be cumulative and/or alternative) that are timely set in writing by the Committee for each Executive for the Performance Period in respect of any one or more of the Business Criteria.

 

"Plan" means this Annual Bonus Performance Plan for Executive Officers of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

“Pre-tax Margin” for any Year means the Income before Taxes of the Company divided by Consolidated Sales of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Return on Assets" means Net Income divided by the average of the total assets of the Company at the end of the four fiscal quarters of the Year, as reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

 

"Return on Equity" means the Net Income divided by the average of the common stockholders equity of the Company at the end of each of the four fiscal quarters of the Year, as reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

 

"Section 162(m)" means Section 162(m) of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

"Shares" means shares of common stock of the Company or any securities or property, including rights into which the same may be converted by operation of law or otherwise.

 

“Valuation” for any Year means the product of consolidated EBIDA, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year, and six.

 

“Working Capital” for any Year means the consolidated current assets of the Company less the consolidated current liabilities of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Year" means any one or more fiscal years of the Company commencing on or after January 1, 2019, that represent(s) the applicable Performance Period and end(s) no later than December 31, 2024.

 

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board of Directors of the Company, duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan, who (i) are not eligible to participate in the Plan and (ii) are "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

3.2 Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole authority to establish and administer the Performance Target(s) and the responsibility of determining from among the Executives those persons who will participate in and receive Bonuses under the Plan and, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of the Plan, the amount of such Bonuses, and the time or times at which and the form and manner in which Bonuses will be paid (which may include elective or mandatory deferral alternatives) and shall otherwise be responsible for the administration of the Plan, in accordance with its terms. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan (except as otherwise provided herein) and any agreement or other document relating to any Bonus under the Plan, may adopt rules and regulations governing the administration of the Plan, and shall exercise all other duties and powers conferred on it by the Plan, or which are incidental or ancillary thereto. For each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine, at the time the Business Criteria and the Performance Target(s) are set, those Executives who are selected as Participants in the Plan.

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

3.3 Requisite Action. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present or the unanimous written consent of the Committee shall constitute action by the Committee.

 

3.4 Express Authority (and Limitations on Authority) to Change Terms and Conditions of Bonus; Acceleration or Deferral of Payment. Without limiting the Committee's authority under other provisions of the Plan, but subject to any express limitations of the Plan and Section 5.8, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate a Bonus (after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s)) and to waive restrictive conditions for a Bonus (including any forfeiture conditions, but not Performance Target(s)), in such circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. In the case of any acceleration of a Bonus after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s), the amount payable shall be discounted to its present value using an interest rate equal to Moody's Average Corporate Bond Yield for the month preceding the month in which such acceleration occurs. Any deferred payment shall be subject to Section 4.9 and, if applicable, Section 4.10.

 

SECTION 4. BONUS PROVISIONS.

 

4.1 Maximum Total Bonus. In any Year the aggregate amount of bonuses awarded by the Company to all Participants may not exceed the Bonus Pool. In any year the bonus Pool is the product of ten (10%) percent and Income before Taxes.

 

4.2 Provision for Bonus. Each Participant may receive a Bonus if and only if the Performance Target(s) established by the Committee, relative to the applicable Business Criteria, are attained. The applicable Performance Period and Performance Target(s) shall be determined by the Committee consistent with the terms of the Plan and Section 162(m). Notwithstanding the fact that the Performance Target(s) have been attained, the Company may pay a Bonus of less than the amount determined by the formula or standard established pursuant to Section 4.2 or may pay no Bonus at all, unless the Committee otherwise expressly provides by written contract or other written commitment.

 

4.3 Selection of Performance Target(s). The specific Performance Target(s) with respect to the Business Criteria must be established by the Committee in advance of the deadlines applicable under Section 162(m) and while the performance relating to the Performance Target(s) remains substantially uncertain within the meaning of Section 162(m). At the time the Performance Target(s) are selected, the Committee shall provide, in terms of an objective formula or standard for each Participant, and for any person who may become a Participant after the Performance Target(s) are set, the method of computing the specific amount that will represent the maximum amount of Bonus payable to the Participant if the Performance Target(s) are attained, subject to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.8, 5.1 and 5.8.

 

4.4 Maximum Individual Bonus. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Executive shall receive a Bonus under this Plan in any Year in an aggregate amount in excess of $1 million.

 

4.5 Selection of Participants. For each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine, at the time the Business Criteria and the Performance Target(s) are set, those Executives who will participate in the Plan.

 

4.6 Effect of Mid-Year Commencement of Service. To the extent compatible with Sections 4.3 and 5.8, if services as an Executive commence after the adoption of the Plan and the Performance Target(s) are established for a Performance Period, the Committee may grant a Bonus that is proportionately adjusted based on the period of actual service during the Year; the amount of any Bonus paid to such person shall not exceed that proportionate amount of the applicable maximum individual bonus under Section 4.1 and 4.4.

 

4.7 Changes Resulting From Accounting Changes. Subject to Section 5.8, if, after the Performance Target(s) are established for a Performance Period, a change occurs in the applicable accounting principles or practices, the amount of the Bonuses paid under this Plan for such Performance Period shall be determined without regard to such change.

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

4.8 Committee Discretion to Determine Bonuses. The Committee has the sole discretion to determine the standard or formula pursuant to which each Participant's Bonus shall be calculated (in accordance with Section 4.3), whether all or any portion of the amount so calculated will be paid, and the specific amount (if any) to be paid to each Participant, subject in all cases to the terms, conditions and limits of the Plan and of any other written commitment authorized by the Committee. To this same extent, the Committee may at any time establish additional conditions and terms of payment of Bonuses (including but not limited to the achievement of other financial, strategic or individual goals, which may be objective or subjective) as it may deem desirable in carrying out the purposes of the Plan and may take into account such other factors as it deems appropriate in administering any aspect of the Plan. The Committee may not, however, increase the maximum amount permitted to be paid to any individual under Section 4.3 or 4.4 of the Plan or award a Bonus under this Plan if the applicable Performance Target(s) have not been satisfied.

 

4.9 Committee Certification. No Executive shall receive any payment under the Plan unless the Committee has certified, by resolution or other appropriate action in writing, that the amount thereof has been accurately determined in accordance with the terms, conditions and limits of the Plan and that the Performance Target(s) and any other material terms previously established by the Committee or set forth in the Plan were in fact satisfied.

 

4.10 Time of Payment; Deferred Amounts. Any Bonuses granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be paid as soon as practicable following the Committee's determinations under this Section 4 and the certification of the Committee's findings under Section 4.9. Any such payment shall be in cash or cash equivalent or in such other form of equal value on such payment date as the Committee may approve or require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion (but subject to any prior written commitments and to any conditions consistent with Sections 3.4, 4.1, 4.4 and 5.8 that it deems appropriate), defer the payout or vesting of any Bonus and/or provide to Participants the opportunity to elect to defer the payment of any Bonus under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. In the case of any deferred payment of a Bonus after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s), any amount in excess of the amount otherwise payable shall be based on either Moody's Average Corporate Bond Yield over the deferral period or one or more predetermined actual investments (including Shares) such that the amount payable at the later date will be based upon actual returns, including any decrease or increase in the value of the investment(s), unless the alternative deferred payment is otherwise exempt from the limitations under Section 162(m).

 

SECTION 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1 No Right to Bonus or Continued Employment. Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the provision for or payment of any amounts hereunder nor any action of the Company (including, for purposes of this Section 5.1, any predecessor or subsidiary), the Board of Directors of the Company or the Committee in respect of the Plan, shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any legal right to receive, or any interest in, a Bonus or any other benefit under the Plan, or any legal right to be continued in the employ of the Company. The Company expressly reserves any and all rights to discharge an Executive in its sole discretion, without liability of any person, entity or governing body under the Plan or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof and notwithstanding the fact that the Performance Target(s) have been attained and/or the individual maximum amounts pursuant to Section 4.2 have been calculated, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any Bonus hereunder nor to pay the maximum amount so calculated or any prorated amount based on service during the period, unless the Committee otherwise expressly provides by written contract or other written commitment.

 

5.2 Discretion of Company, Board of Directors and Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Company or by the Board of Directors of the Company or by the Committee arising out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. No member of the Committee shall have any liability for actions taken or omitted under the Plan by the member or any other person.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

5.3 Absence of Liability. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a member of the Committee of the Company or any officer of the Company shall not be liable for any act or inaction hereunder, whether of commission or omission.

 

5.4 No Funding of Plan. The Company shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate any cash or any other assets which may at any time be paid to Participants under the Plan. The Plan shall constitute an "unfunded" plan of the Company. The Company shall not, by any provisions of the Plan, be deemed to be a trustee of any property, and any obligations of the Company to any Participant under the Plan shall be those of a debtor and any rights of any participant or former Participant shall be no greater than those of a general unsecured creditor.

 

5.5 Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests. Except as expressly provided by the Committee, no benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any such attempted action be void and no such benefit shall be in any manner liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or former Participant. This Section 5.5 shall not apply to an assignment of a contingency or payment due after the death of the Executive to the deceased Executive's legal representative or beneficiary.

 

5.6 Law to Govern. All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

5.7 Non-Exclusivity. Subject to Section 5.8, the Plan does not limit the authority of the Company, the Board or the Committee, or any subsidiary of the Company to grant awards or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority, including, without limitation, awards or other compensation based on the same Performance Target(s) used under the Plan. In addition, Executives not selected to participate in the Plan may participate in other plans of the Company.

 

5.8 Section 162(m) Conditions; Bifurcation of Plan. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan and Bonuses paid hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner, that, in the case of Participants who are or may be persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m), satisfies any applicable requirements as performance-based compensation. Any provision, application or interpretation of the Plan inconsistent with this intent to satisfy the standards in Section 162(m) of the Code shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the provisions of the Plan may at any time be bifurcated by the Board or the Committee in any manner so that certain provisions of the Plan or any Bonus intended (or required in order) to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 162(m) are only applicable to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m).

 

SECTION 6. AMENDMENTS, SUSPENSION

OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

The Board of Directors or the Committee may from time to time amend, suspend or terminate in whole or in part, and if suspended or terminated, may reinstate, any or all of the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may be effective without Board of Directors and/or shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with the applicable rules of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

 

CERTIFICATION

 

The undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing constitutes a complete and correct copy of the Plan as amended on July 19, 2019 by the Board of Directors of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

 

 

/s/ Terry Gabby                       

Terry Gabby, Secretary

 

 

Date: July 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

  6  

Exhibit 6.8

 

EXCLUSIVE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSING AGREEMENT

 

By and Between

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

YOU'VE GOT THE PART, INC.

 

April 17, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

EXCLUSIVE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSING AGREEMENT

 

This Exclusive Intellectual Property Licensing Agreement (this “Agreement"), dated as of April 17, 2013, is entered into between Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. a Nevada corporation ("Licensor"), and You've Got The Part, Inc., a Wyoming corporation ("Licensee"), collectively, hereinafter referred to as the "Parties" and individually as a “Party”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Licensor is engaged in the business of Developing and Commercializing Intellectual Property (IP), including but not limited to the development of motion pictures, television programs, Apps and other forms of entertainment content (the "Business"); and

 

WHEREAS, Licensee was formed in the state of Wyoming on April 17, 2013, with an authorized share capital of 150,000 shares of $0.001, par value each. Upon incorporation, the Licensee issued 1,000 common shares to Licensor, which represent 100% of the outstanding shares of Licensee. Also. upon incorporation, the Licensee received from the Licensor, as additional contributed capital, the concept, design, creative layout, copyrights, patents, trademarks and all other intellectual property (hereinafter, collectively the “IP”) for the development of a new social media web portal and mobile application platform called "You've Got The Part" (valued at $250,000). which will allow anyone, anywhere and at any time, the opportunity to be selected for a role in a real Hollywood movie or TV program via the Internet using their SmartPhone or web cam. In addition to the IP initially provided by Licensor to Licensee as contributed capital contributed capital, and pursuant to this Agreement, the Licensor agreed to exclusively license to Licensee such additional ongoing IP as and when conceived and developed by Licensor relating to the ”You've Got The Part” social media web portal in return for a royalty payable by Licensee to Licensor.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

LICENSE AND ROYALTY

 

Section 1.01 License. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Licensor shall license, transfer, convey, and deliver to Licensee, and Licensee shall exclusively license from Licensor, free and clear of any encumbrances, all of Licensor's right, title and interest in, to the IP relating to the social media web portal and mobile application platform called "You're Got The Part" that was conceived and developed by Licensor. In addition, Licensor agrees to provide Licensee with ongoing management and administrative support, including by not limited to, financial and creative support (collectively, the “support") when and as needed in assisting Licensee to successfully continue the development and commercialization of the IP.

 

Section 1.02 Royalty. As compensation to Licensor for the License, Licensee shall remit payment of a Royalty consisting of the following: (i) a three and one-half percent (3.5%) Gross Royalty Entitlement ("Gross Royalty Entitlement") payable on a calendar quarterly basis to Licensor by Licensee. which shall be calculated on all gross revenue of any kind or nature derived and received by Licensee from the exploitation of the IP and the operations of You've Got The Part, including, but not limited to all gross revenue received by Licensee from any sublicenses, franchises, advertising, subscriptions and all other sources of revenue that may be developed or realized by Licensee in the future. Such Gross Royalty Entitlement payments to Licensor by licensee shall total a minimum of Two Hundred. Fifty Thousand ($250.000.00) Dollars (“Guaranteed Payment”) by the end of twelve (12) months following first exploitation of the “You've Got The Part” platform. To the extent that the cumulative amount of quarterly Gross Royalty Entitlement payments by Licensee to Licensor do not exceed the Guaranteed Payment, the shortfall shall be payable by Licensee to Licensor no later than fifteen (15) days from the end of such first twelve (12) months of Licensee's operations. In addition, upon the sale, assignment or transfer of any of the Licensee's rights or interest in this License and/or the IP for any reason whatsoever, any unpaid balance of the Guaranteed Payment then remaining shall be paid in full to Licensor, without off-set or other deduction, within thirty (30) days of the date of such event.

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

ARTICLE 2

MUTUAL REPRESENTATIONS

 

Section 2.01 Organization and Authority of Licensor. Licensor is an entity duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation with full right and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and performance by Licensor of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate officers on the part of such Licensor.

 

Section 2.02 No Conflicts; Consents. The execution. delivery and performance by Licensor and by Licensee of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not:

 

(a)   conflict with or result in a violation or breach of. or default under, any provision of the certificate of incorporation. by-laws or other organizational documents of Licensor or Licensee:

 

(b)    conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Licensor, the Business, or Licensee the;

 

(c)    require the consent. notice or other action by any Person under. conflict with. result in a violation or breach of, constitute a default or an event that. with or without notice or lapse of time or both. would constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of or create in any Party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel any Contract or Permit to which Licensor is a party or by which or Licensee, is bound or to which any of the are subject; or

 

(d)    result in the creation or imposition of any Encumbrances on the IP provided to Licensee. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with. or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Licensor or Licensee in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE 3

TERMINATION

 

Section 3.01 Termination. While the term of this License is intended to be perpetual, this Agreement may be terminated at any time in the event that (i) there shall he any Law that makes consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited: (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued a Governmental Order restraining or enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Governmental Order shall have become final and non-appealable, (iii) one of the Parties declares insolvency and/or bankruptcy; or (iv) any portion of the Royalty Payment due and owing is not paid within ten (10) days. In the event of such termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article 3, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party, except for the payment of any unpaid Royalty Payment earned and due from licensee to Licensor. Nothing herein shall relieve any Party hereto from liability for any willful breach of any provision hereof.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 4.01 Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by, and borne by, the Party incurring such costs and expenses.

 

Section 4.02 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the 5th day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective Parties as notified in writing between them.

 

Section 4.03 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.04 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.04 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

Section 4.05 No Third-party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.06 Amendment and Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each Party hereto. No waiver by any Party of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the Party so waiving. No waiver by any Parry' shall operate or he construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

Section 4.07 Further Assurances. Subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, each of the Parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates, successors and permitted assigns to execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.08 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule.

 

Section 4.09 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall he deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

"Licensor"

 

GLOBAL ENTERTAINMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Gary Rasmussen       

Name: Gary Rasmussen

Its: CEO

 

 

"Licensee"

 

YOU'VE GOT THE PART, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Alan Bailey               

Name: Alan Bailey

Its: CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5  

Exhibit 12.2

 

John E. Lux, Esq.
Attorney at Law
1629 K Street, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20006
(202) 780-1000
Admitted in Maryland and the District of Columbia

 

 

 

August 22, 2019

 

Board of Directors

Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.

2375 E. Tropicana Avenue

Suite 8-259

Las Vegas, NV 89119

 

 

Gentlemen:

 

I have acted, at your request, as special counsel to Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., a Nevada corporation, (“Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc.”) for the purpose of rendering an opinion as to the legality of 375,000,000 shares of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. common stock, par value $0.001 per share to be offered and distributed by Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. (the “Shares”), pursuant to an Offering Statement to be filed under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on Form 1-A, for the purpose of registering the offer and sale of the Shares (“Offering Statement”).

 

For the purpose of rendering my opinion herein, I have reviewed statutes of the State of Nevada, to the extent I deem relevant to the matter opined upon herein, certified or purported true copies of the Articles of Incorporation of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. and all amendments thereto, the By-Laws of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., selected proceedings of the board of directors of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. authorizing the issuance of the Shares, certificates of officers of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. and of public officials, and such other documents of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. and of public officials as I have deemed necessary and relevant to the matter opined upon herein. I have assumed, with respect to persons other than directors and officers of Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc., the due and proper election or appointment of all persons signing and purporting to sign the documents in their respective capacities, as stated therein, the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic original documents of the copies of all such documents submitted to me as certified, conformed and photocopied, including the quoted, extracted, excerpted and reprocessed text of such documents.

 

Based upon the review described above, it is my opinion that the Shares are duly authorized and when, as and if issued and delivered by Global Entertainment Holdings, Inc. against payment therefore, as described in the offering statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

I have not been engaged to examine, nor have I examined, the Offering Statement for the purpose of determining the accuracy or completeness of the information included therein or the compliance and conformity thereof with the rules and regulations of the SEC or the requirements of Form 1-A, and I express no opinion with respect thereto. My forgoing opinion is strictly limited to matters of Nevada corporation law; and, I do not express an opinion on the federal law of the United States of America or the law of any state or jurisdiction therein other than Nevada, as specified herein.

 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 12.1 to the Offering Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Offering Circular constituting a part of the Offering Statement. We assume no obligation to update or supplement any of the opinion set forth herein to reflect any changes of law or fact that may occur following the date hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ John E. Lux

 

John E. Lux